I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from May 24, 2008:

G: The question as we quote it is, “There is the phrase, ‘winning over the self,’ which is another way of saying, ‘knowing and accepting the self.’ Is there a similar process that occurs to that of the calling? Do those portions of the self that desire love gain power so that the more the call is made, the more the desire is made until the square of the resistance within the self is overcome?”

(Carla channeling)

We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is our privilege and our pleasure to respond. We are happy to share our humble thoughts with you. However, as always, we request that you use your discrimination in choosing which thoughts of ours to pick up and which ones to leave behind as you move forward in your own spiritual process. If you will take care to use your discrimination, then we may feel far more free to offer you our thoughts. We thank you for this consideration.

You ask this day concerning the process of knowing yourself and accepting yourself, or, as the one known as G has put it, winning the self over. You wonder if there is a doubling process that takes hold, so that as the process goes on, the energy becomes stronger, and the self is gathered into the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator ever more quickly. Certainly, my brother, there is truth in this supposition. Yet, it is not the precise way of the process of gathering the self into the open heart to say that there is a doubling effect as you work more. We shall come back to this idea later because there is, indeed, a doubling effect at work here. It is just somewhat different than your query.

For now, let us look at this process of knowing the self and accepting the self. We would acknowledge that it is impossible to know the self fully. The self is known fully only at the point in the octave of Creation where seventh density is beginning to fade into timelessness and the mind/body/spirit becomes a mind/body/spirit totality. This mind/body/spirit totality offers its mysterious and ever-shifting information to itself in mid-sixth density, allowing that sixth-density version of self to become the higher self, which then, in turn, offers to the third-density incarnate being a source of good information and guidance. The mind/body/spirit’s gift from the higher self, however, is not of the nature of a definite, finite structure or box of contents. It is full of mystery and paradox, as all entities are, because of the fact that they are in the image of the Infinite Creator, whose nature is rich in mystery and paradox. This is why we cannot say that there is precisely a doubling effect as one gets to know oneself better. Because that work is never done.

Indeed, those of us who speak with you this evening feel inadequate to the challenge of expressing in full the nature of ourselves. We have, however, become content to allow the question of self-definition to inhere in our vibrations, or our essence. What we have to suggest is a discussion of the cycles that are an inevitable portion of the spiritual seeker, and the dynamic between those cycles and that central essence of self which most decidedly does not have all the pieces of self collected, yet is very, very important to the self. That is the part of the self that has focus. Perhaps you have noticed that there are variations in the amount of focus with which you seek the Love and the Light of the one Creator. At some points, there is a plain and clear feeling of utter desire and single-minded seeking to know the truth of the creation and to tabernacle in the presence of the one infinite Creator. At other times, it would be possible to say those same words and yet not to be able to feel the intensity of desire because of the fact that you have lost your focus.

G: The question as we quote it is, “There is the phrase, ‘winning over the self,’ which is another way of saying, ‘knowing and accepting the self.’ Is there a similar process that occurs to that of the calling? Do those portions of the self that desire love gain power so that the more the call is made, the more the desire is made until the square of the resistance within the self is overcome?” Q’uo began by saying we ask concerning the process of winning ourself over, and we wonder if there is a doubling process that occurs, so that as the process goes on, the energy becomes stronger, and we are gathered into the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator more quickly, and there is truth in this supposition, yet it is not the way of the process of gathering ourself into the open heart to say that there is a doubling effect as we work more, so Q’uo said they shall come back to this idea later because there is a doubling effect at work here, but it is different than our query. Q’uo went on to say they wanted to look at this process of knowing ourself and accepting ourself, and they acknowledged that it is impossible for us to know our self fully because we are known only at the point in the octave of Creation where seventh density is beginning to fade into timelessness, and the mind/body/spirit becomes a mind/body/spirit totality, and this mind/body/spirit totality offers its mysterious information to itself in mid-sixth density, allowing that sixth-density version of ourself to become our higher self, which offers to our third-density being a source of information and guidance, but our mind/body/spirit’s gift from our higher self is not of the nature of a definite box of contents since it is full of mystery and paradox because of the fact that we are in the image of the Infinite Creator, whose nature is rich in mystery and paradox, and this is why Q’uo cannot say that there is a doubling effect as we get to know ourself better because that work is never done. Q’uo said they felt inadequate to the challenge of expressing the nature of ourselves, but they have become content to allow the question of  the definition of our self to exist in our vibrations, and what they have to suggest is a discussion of the cycles that are an inevitable portion of the spiritual seeker, and the dynamic between those cycles and that central essence of ourself which does not have all the pieces of ourself collected, yet it is important to ourself, so that is the part of ourself that has focus, and we may have noticed that there are variations in the amount of focus with which we seek the Love and the Light of the one Creator because at some point there is a clear feeling of single-minded seeking to know the truth of the creation and to tabernacle in the presence of the one infinite Creator, but at other times it would be possible to say those same words and not to feel the intensity of our desire because we have lost our focus. On December 7, 1980, Latwii described our desire to know the truth:

Sometimes it is necessary for the understanding of the spiritual entity that certain burdens be carried. It is also written that no burden will be made too heavy to bear, and this you may rely upon at all times. You will not be overburdened, for there is always a Comforter. However, seeking is indeed finding. That which you ask you shall receive. However, if your basic desire is to know the truth, to know the will of the Creator in your life, that is what you may find. And what you thought that you prayed for you may find indeed you did not pray for as much as you prayed for the understanding, Love, and presence of the infinite Creator in your life.

The cycles of which we speak are several. The first is the cycle of the beginner on the path and then the more experienced entity on the path. This cycles in an unpredictable and quite slow way, for it is not known when that first rush of excitement shall fade away, once the seeker has awakened and started on the path of his spiritual evolution. The initial flush of excitement and that wonderful feeling that you have a treasure of great value may last years, or it may last months, or it may last weeks. Inevitably, however, the honeymoon between yourself and the infinite possibilities of seeking the Creator fade, and it begins to be possible simply to give lip service to those ideals which have previously moved you almost to tears. It is as though at times your energy body were a stream rushing forward and, at other times, a dry bed. You look at that place where the torrent flew and frothed above all. And, below the place where all that water flowed, it is dry and cracked, and you are in a season of drought within your own spiritual process.

The seeker who wishes to win the self over has one great resource during those dry times within and that is his will. The will of an entity who knows that he is powerful can overcome any resistance within the self, and that faculty of will is fed by memory; the memory of those times when the self was lifted up and things were very clear. There are times in every seeker’s life when the Creator is close and the connection is sweet, and pure, and strong. In dry times it is extremely helpful for the spiritual seeker to remember those times of torrential inundations of the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. It is as though your will were a candle that you keep burning day and night. Sometimes it is not needed because the world is full of sunlight. During the dark night of the soul, however, there is only the candle of your will. Feel that steel core within you of will and focus, and let it blaze as the candle in good seasons and in poor.

Another cycle about which we will speak is the cycle of physical maturation. A lifetime encompasses the rising and the falling. During the times of rising, there is a learning curve going on almost all the time concerning the consensus reality that surrounds the seeker and his skill in being able to function within that consensus reality. At those early times of an incarnation it is often the case that the self cannot be known to the self because there is so much to learn and so much to process that there is no mental or emotional leisure for contemplating the self in a non-attached and witness-like focus. At the apex of the arch of life, there is a period during which the ability to function within consensus reality has been, if not perfected, brought up to acceptable standards for that which the seeker needs to do in his life, and at that point, he becomes free to choose his thoughts and to follow his thoughts where they might go. It is a blessed time in many ways, and yet it carries its own challenges.

Then Q’uo said the cycles of which we speak are several, and the first is the cycle of the beginner on the path and then the more experienced entity on the path, and this cycles in an unpredictable and slow way, for it is not known when that first rush of excitement shall fade away once we have awakened and started on the path of our spiritual evolution, so the wonderful feeling that we have a treasure of great value may last years, or it may last weeks, but the honeymoon between ourself and the infinite possibilities of seeking the Creator fade, and it begins to be possible to give lip service to those ideals which have previously moved us almost to tears, and it is as though at times our energy body was a stream rushing forward and at other times a dry bed, so we look at that place where the torrent rushed above all, and below the place where all that water flowed, it is dry and cracked, and we are in a season of drought within our own spiritual process. Now Q’uo said the seeker who wishes to win the self over has one great resource during those dry times within and that is our will, and our will when we know that we are powerful can overcome any resistance within ourself, and that faculty of will is fed by memory of those times when we were lifted up, and things were very clear, and there are times in every seeker’s life when the Creator is close, and the connection is pure and strong, so in dry times it is helpful for us to remember those times of torrential inundations of the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, for it is as though our will were a candle that we keep burning day and night, and sometimes it is not needed because the world is full of sunlight, but during the dark night of the soul there is only the candle of our will, so we should feel that steel core within us of will and focus, and let it blaze as the candle in good seasons and in poor. Q’uo went on to say that another cycle about which they would speak is the cycle of physical maturation since our lifetime encompasses the rising and the falling, and during the times of rising there is a learning curve going on almost all the time concerning the consensus reality that surrounds us and our skill in being able to function within that consensus reality, and at those early times of our incarnation it is often the case that our self cannot be known to us because there is so much to learn that there is no mental or emotional leisure for contemplating our self in a non-attached focus, and at the apex of our life there is a period during which the ability to function within consensus reality has been brought up to acceptable standards for that which we need to do in our life, and at that point we are free to choose our thoughts, and to follow our thoughts where they might go, and it is a blessed time in many ways, and yet it carries its own challenges. On November 6, 2005, Q’uo described the nature of consensus reality:

As we were speaking of the difference between consensus reality, or the world of illusion, and the metaphysical universe, or the world of time/space, we were speaking of a finite universe as opposed to an infinite universe. Your everyday, consensus reality is measurable. One can measure the terrestrial ball upon which you walk. One can measure the beat of your heart and the pressure of your blood.

One can use instrumentation to measure the exact electrical charge of each thought that you think. The world of metaphysics is not measurable by such instrumentation as you are aware of in your everyday world. It is a world in which anything is possible because you are unbounded by any limitation whatsoever except those you create for yourself.

The world of time/space is the world of consciousness. It is the world of infinity and eternity. The reason it is difficult for us to describe this to you is that your mind is a space/time artifact. The intellectual brain, that marvelous problem-solving biocomputer, is not capable of grasping the infinite. It can only grasp it by saying, “Oh, it is that which goes beyond that limit.” But since the mind thinks in finite terms, there is always an end to that place that is beyond. And then infinity must again be invoked so that that limit too is transcended.

When the seeker does focus on knowing himself, he acquires a great deal of information, some of which is trustworthy and some of which is not. This is due to the fact that there are many inner voices which like to share their opinions concerning who you are. Some of those voices are parental. Others are the voices of teachers or other authority figures who instructed you in a certain way that penetrated into your personality shell and became thought forms that took root there. And those voices are still heard. They are not the voices of yourself. They are voices that are as distorted as any carnival mirror. No parent or authority figure knows you. Indeed, you yourself are struggling to know you. The challenge, as you open up to your own thoughts and the processes of conceptualization as you experience day-by-day, is to find your own voice. As the sun sets upon an incarnation and the physical body functions less well, it would seem as though one would, once again, have little time for spiritual matters, and, indeed, this is the case with some entities whose older years are confused by failing minds. However, in many cases the summer of the seeker’s life may extend right up until the last breath is expelled from the physical body that is left at death in order that the spirit may enter again the larger life.

It is well for an entity who is just beginning to be free of the learning process of becoming an adult to realize that there has been a long, slow learning curve that has placed tremendous pressure on the physical organism’s mental complex, and especially the emotions. Therefore, as the seeker wakes up and begins to feel free of the learning of consensus reality, it is well for him to begin to gaze within in a way, which again contains that concept of focus and flame. When the seeker becomes fully aware that every person about him is a mirror for himself, there is in that realization a feeling of “too much information.” Shall the seeker take, in complete sincerity, every word that is spoken to him and every interaction with another person as being information about himself? If so, the information stacks up exponentially as the years go by. Yet, it is true that the spiritual seeker is in a hall of mirrors. Each mirror is distorted, yet gives some information.

How does one look at one’s self? The eyes look outward. They do not see inward. It is impossible to see yourself as others see you. Consequently, it is very helpful to enter into the game, shall we say, of taking each person as a mirror for yourself, and musing upon what that mirror is telling you. Some mirrors are difficult to look into. If you are interacting with a murderer, then you must find the murderer within yourself in order for the information that mirror holds to be relevant. Many are the times that you will find yourself avoiding certain situations or certain relationships, and in that avoidance is more information. This instrument, in describing the green-ray chakra or the heart energy center, wrote that it was like the basilica at St. Peters, that great structure which was the Doge’s Chapel and which now is a cathedral. As great and massive as that structure is, it is dwarfed by the size of the plaza which lies in front of the building. In pictures of this Cathedral of St. Mark, that huge forecourt is always mobbed with thousands of tourists, and pigeons walking among the tourists, pecking at whatever the tourists drop to feed them. This is a fairly accurate image for the parts of yourself that are, to some extent, not yet integrated into your essential self.

Now Q’uo said when we focus on knowing ourself, we acquire information, some of which is trustworthy and some of which is not, and this is because there are inner voices which like to share their opinions concerning who we are, and some of those voices are parental, and others are the voices of teachers or other authority figures who instructed us in a way that penetrated into our personality shell and became thought forms that took root there, and those voices are still heard, and they are as distorted as any carnival mirror, so no parent or authority figure knows us just as we are struggling to know ourselves, and our challenge as we open up to our own is to find our voice, so as the sun sets upon our incarnation and our body and mind function less well, it would seem as though we would have little time for spiritual matters, but in many cases the summer of our life may extend right up until the last breath is expelled from our body that is left at death in order that the spirit may enter again the larger life. Then Q’uo said that it is well as we are beginning to be free of the learning process of becoming an adult to realize that there has been a long learning curve that has placed pressure on our body’s mental and emotional complexes as we wake up and begin to feel free of the learning of consensus reality, it is well for us to gaze within in a way which contains that concept of focus, and when become aware that every person about us is a mirror for us, there is in that realization a feeling of “too much information,” so should we take every word that is spoken to him and every interaction with another person as being information about ourself? If so, Q’uo said this information stacks up as the years go by, and it is true that we are in a hall of mirrors, and each mirror is distorted, yet gives some information. Q’uo went on say our eyes look outward, and it is impossible to see ourself as others see us, so it is helpful to enter into the game of taking each person as a mirror of ourself, and musing upon what that mirror is telling us, so if we are interacting with a murderer, then we must find the murderer within ourself in order for the information that mirror holds to be relevant, and many are the times that we will find ourself avoiding certain relationships, and in that avoidance is more information, so Carla, in describing the heart energy center, wrote that it was like the basilica at St. Peters, that great structure which was the Doge’s Chapel and which now is a cathedral, and as massive as that structure is, it is dwarfed by the size of the plaza which lies in front of the building, and in pictures of this Cathedral of St. Mark, that huge forecourt is always filled with thousands of tourists, and pigeons walking among the tourists, pecking at whatever the tourists drop to feed them, and his is an accurate image for the parts of yourself that are, to some extent, not yet integrated into our essential self. On October 25, 1995, Q’uo spoke of our essential self:

As we gaze at the subject of the core being and how within incarnation to find access to it to know the self, we ponder which tack to take in discussing this seminal and interesting question, for in one sense the core being of all that exists is the one great original Thought, that unit vibration, shall we say, known as Love. Indeed, this love is your essential self. Due to the Creator’s adopting free will, the original Thought created that which you know as Light and those photons, as you call them, which are the particles, shall we say, of Light have built all that you are aware of and all that exists in manifestation, either in the inner or time/space planes of existence, or the outer or space/time planes of existence.

To be transparent is the most apt skill that can be created within your practice in terms of becoming aware of the ultimate essence of who you are. This transparency is, shall we say, not a state of being which is primary on the agenda of lessons learned within your density. However, those who seek the one infinite Mystery often yearn to be transparent to the surrounding illusion and wish mightily to experience that lightness in transparency of being which is associated with being pure Spirit. The calmest and the most busy of times alike offer moments or windows of opportunity wherein suddenly the illusion crystallizes and shimmers, and the transparency of being can be felt. When these moments occur, find time to give praise and thanks for these experiences of a truth that lies within you.

And here we may use that phrase of “winning over the self,” for as you stand in that outer courtyard of the open heart, you can deliberately and consciously move into work within yourself, to take up each wandering portion of yourself as you find it, and bring it into your heart. It is easy to love the parts of yourself that conform to your ideals. Yet the tough truth is that there is much more to the self than those idealistic parts of the self that have been polished and cleaned and are on display, shall we say, in the windows of one’s ideas about who one is. All of the rest of the self that lies in the shadows and has not yet been polished, has not yet been picked up, and has certainly not yet been recognized, waits for your attention. And this is not something that is a linear process. This is something that is like housework. You keep going back to that plaza of the self and recognizing a new portion of yourself from that shadow side. Then it is time to win that heart of the self over, to express your feelings of honor and respect for it, and to ask it to integrate itself into you so that its darkness becomes your strength rather than your weakness. This quest for the self shall never end.

In counterpoint to that truth is the truth that you are already a perfected being. You are already a mind/body/spirit totality. That flame at the very heart of your being is the same flame that burns throughout all densities in the octave of Creation that you now experience. Consequently, in counterpoint to the attempts of the rational mind to know itself, there lies the dynamic of the perfect self, the perfected self, the self that lies within you, undiscovered, for the most part unknown and unexplored. This is why meditation is so very helpful. In meditation, you have accepted that intellectually you do not know your essence or your nature. In meditation, you rest in unknowing. In meditation, you are not trying to figure anything out. In meditation, you are no longer talking to yourself, or talking to the Creator, or talking at all. In this stoppage of the intellectual mind lies a great aid to the seeker who wishes to remain focused. For that flame that burns within you burns within all. There is one flame, one consciousness, one great and utter Love. It is a tremendous balm and relief to escape from your personality and all that you think you know, and rest, wrapped in the blanket of warmth that the tabernacle of the open heart offers, cuddled upon the lap of the Almighty with nothing to do except be.

We said earlier that we would move back to the idea of a doubling effect and so we do now. What is doubled has nothing to do with the parts of yourself that you are attempting to know and accept. It has to do with your faith. For that you do not need to reach or strive. You do not need to do anything. For you already are a being created by the infinite One, full of power and beauty. It is difficult to keep the faith when it is new. It is difficult in the face of one’s personal shortcomings, as perceived by the self, to know that all is well. There is so much temptation to reject the self, or parts of the self, in most entities that it is almost irresistible. Yet, having grasped faith, you hold to it, and you know that at the depths of your being, you are good in that biblical sense where man was created, and God saw that it was good, and it was very good.

Q’uo went on to say here we may use that phrase of “winning over the self,” for as we stand in that outer courtyard of the open heart, we can take up each wandering portion of ourself as we find it, and bring it into our heart since it is easy to love the parts of ourself that conform to our ideals, but the truth is that there is more to ourself than those idealistic parts of ourself that have been cleaned and are on display in the windows of our ideas about who we are, and all of the rest of ourself that lies in the shadows and has not yet been recognized waits for our attention because this is not a linear process, but this is like housework where we keep going back to that deeper part of ourself and recognize a new portion of ourself from that shadow side, and then it is time to win that heart of ourself over, to express our feelings of respect for it, and to ask it to integrate itself into us so that its darkness becomes our strength rather than our weakness, so this quest for ourself shall never end. Q’uo continued by saying in contrast to that truth is the truth that we are already a perfect being, a mind/body/spirit totality, and that flame in the heart of our being is the same flame that burns throughout all densities in the octave of Creation that we now experience, and there lies the dynamic of the perfected self that lies within us undiscovered and unexplored, so this is why meditation is so helpful because in meditation we have accepted that we do not know our essence, and we rest in unknowing, and in meditation this stoppage of the intellectual mind lies a great aid to us when we wish to remain focused, for that flame that burns within us burns within all, and there is one flame, one consciousness, and one Love, and it is a relief to escape from our personality and all that we think we know and rest wrapped in the blanket of warmth that the tabernacle of our open heart offers, cuddled upon the lap of the Almighty with nothing to do except be. Now Q’uo said that they would move back to the idea of a doubling effect, so what is doubled has nothing to do with the parts of ourself that we are attempting to accept since it has to do with our faith for which we do not need to do anything, for we are a being created by the infinite One, full of power and beauty, and it is difficult to keep this faith when it is new because it is difficult in the face of our shortcomings and to know that all is well, but there is much temptation to reject ourself, yet having grasped faith, we hold to it, and we know that at the depths of our being we are good in the biblical sense where man was created, and God saw that it was very good. On July 21, 1991, Q’uo said that our bodies have been created by the infinite One, and they are full of grace and elegance:

The brain, the personality, all of those things which seem to you mundane are things which this animal which carries you about could sociably and naturally do, with grace and even elegance as is the way of things created by the infinite One which do not have the self-consciousness to be awkward, but move with the infinitely appropriate rhythms of growth, blooming, evensong and death. Treasure this entity that carries you about. Nurture it; love it; pamper it.

Faith stabilizes you among the chaos of perceptions. Outer perceptions shall always bring conflict. The truth shall always be elusive. Yet as you have faith in yourself and in the innate goodness of your design, you come through the crisis of not liking aspects of yourself, and you find yourself still standing after the storm has passed. The next time there is heavy weather within your heart, and mind, and soul you find it easier to maintain faith regardless of the outer picture. And each time thereafter, you find it exponentially easier to remain stable and faithful and serene. It is a tremendous faculty that is innate within all third-density entities, this faculty of faith. And we encourage contemplation of the word itself, for in it lie untold mysteries and infinite Light. It is often a great help when developing the faculty of faith to have something to which to cling, whether it be a person, an ideal, or some image or icon that has special meaning to you.

We would encourage exploring those persons, images, icons, and symbols which call you. If you can find one or two that are particularly resonant to you, then find ways to have those images in your field of vision as you work, and as you play, as you eat and as you sleep. For they shall remind you of who you are and make it ever easier for you to regain that stance of the spiritual seeker which is centered in faith. We come back to the word “focus,” my brother. It is easy to feel the self as a vast collection of somewhat related, but not necessarily coordinated, parts. We ask you to dive deep beneath the surface of that perception into the center of yourself—that center which has never been apart from the one infinite Creator. Dive deep. Dive with love. Dive with absolute surety and faith.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

Again and again, may your excursions of faith be filled with light. May you have fair horizons for your travel.

Q’uo continued by saying faith stabilizes us among the chaos of perceptions which shall always bring conflict, and the truth shall always be elusive, but as we have faith in ourself and in the goodness of our design, we come through the crisis of not liking aspects of ourself, and we find ourself standing after the storm has passed, and the next time there is heavy weather within our heart, mind, and soul we find it easier to maintain faith regardless of the outer picture, and each time thereafter, we will find it easier to remain faithful and serene, so it is a faculty that is innate within all third-density entities, and Q’uo encouraged contemplation of the word itself, for in it lie mysteries and infinite Light, and it is helpful when developing the faculty of faith to have something to which to cling, whether it be a person, an ideal, or some image that has special meaning to us. Q’uo completed their reply by saying they would encourage us to explore those persons and symbols which call us, and if we can find one or two that are resonant to us, then find ways to have those images in our field of vision as we work, play, eat, and as we sleep, for they shall remind us of who we are and make it easier for us to regain that stance of the spiritual seeker which is centered in faith, and Q’uo said to come back to the word “focus,” since it is easy to feel ourself as a vast collection of related, but not necessarily coordinated, parts, and they asked us to dive deep beneath the surface of that perception into the center of ourself which has never been apart from the one infinite Creator, and we can dive with love and with faith again and again, and may our excursions of faith be filled with Light and may we have fair horizons for our travel. On March 29, 2008, Q’uo described the faculty of faith:

Faith is a vibration or energy which is far less distorted from the truth than any other vibration or energy which you as a third density entity are able to realize, express or manifest. It is deeply connected with the indigo-ray chakra and is also fully conversant with that process of the indigo and violet ray moving through the gateway to intelligent infinity.

Power, my brother, can move through any of the chakra energies. And in making one’s life sacred, one discovers the joy of expressing one’s power through the highest possible expression, which is that of faith. An entity which has the faculty of faith well developed is indeed a most powerful beacon. So, we would not equate power with faith, but rather would say that it is a matter of the seeker’s journey to find higher and higher expressions of his will, his power, and his focus.

We would at this time ask if there are other queries in this group. We are those of Q’uo.

A: Would you discuss the spiritual principles for converting excess emotion into mental and emotional clarity?

We are Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The emotions are often given far less respect than they deserve, and this is because they are not seen for the deep, running rivers that they are, but rather are seen as somewhat troublesome hindrances to a calm and orderly life. We would use the analogy of cooking here and compare the way most entities allow their emotions to run to “fast food.” It is easy to get; it is easily eaten; and there is not much nourishment in the food. And so, it is with surface emotions. Like rain on hardpan, it is difficult for the emotions to offer any good information or go anywhere. They just hit the consciousness and bounce off and, indeed, do seem quite excessive sometimes.  

However, if a chef with great love for the food takes the same ingredients that are in fast food and prepares them carefully and with love, and those same ingredients yield much more nourishment. And so, it is with emotions. Surface emotions are usually quite impure. However, when one can abide with one’s feelings and observe them as though they were guests coming to tea, offering them hospitality and courtesy, sitting with them and listening to them, then the emotions have found respect and honor. And this allows them to go deeper, interconnecting the surface self with the deepest part of the roots of consciousness. For this is what emotions eventually become if they are allowed to go through the process of purification.

There is a beauty to each emotion when it has been purified and it is pure feeling with no distortion. Thus, we would say that instead of looking at emotions as something to work around, the one who seeks clarity needs to spend time honoring the emotions that seem so inconvenient and excessive. Physically taking the time to process emotions is very helpful. Emotions call to you, and when you can answer by sitting with these guests that are speaking to you in certain colors, then those colors gradually lose the muddy characteristics of surface emotions and become more and more clear.

A asked: “Would you discuss the spiritual principles for converting excess emotion into mental and emotional clarity?” Q’uo began by saying emotions are given less respect than they deserve because they are not seen for the deep rivers that they are, but they are seen as hindrances to a calm and orderly life, and Q’uo used the analogy of cooking and compared the way most entities allow their emotions to run to “fast food” because it is easy to get; it is easily eaten; and there is not much nourishment in the food, and so it is with surface emotions it is difficult for the emotions to offer any good information, so they just hit consciousness and bounce off and do seem excessive sometimes. Q’uo went on to say that if a chef with great love for food takes the same ingredients that are in fast food and prepares them carefully with love, those ingredients yield more nourishment, and so it is with emotions, but surface emotions are quite impure, but when we can abide with our feelings and observe them as though they were guests coming to tea, offering them hospitality and listening to them, then our emotions have found respect, and this allows them to go deeper, connecting our surface self with the deepest part of the roots of our consciousness, then this is what emotions become if they are allowed to go through the process of purification. Now Q’uo said there is a beauty to each emotion when it has been purified, and it is pure feeling with no distortion, so they would say that instead of looking at emotions as something to work around we need to spend time honoring our emotions that seem inconvenient and excessive, and taking the time to process emotions is very helpful since emotions call to us, and when we can answer by sitting with these guests that are speaking to us in certain colors, then those colors lose the muddy characteristics of surface emotions and become more clear. On January 7, 2008, Q’uo spoke of the value of surface emotions:

Emotions are very, very important in the process of getting to know yourself and of becoming a self-realized person, aware of your own sacred nature. Often those seeking to be serious seekers downplay or disregard the importance of emotions. This is because they see the shallowness and inconsistency of surface emotions and feel that because they are so highly distorted and unbalanced they do not have any virtue, spiritually speaking. However, it is our opinion that the surface emotions are the beginning of the entry of the individual into its own deeper mind. Each emotion is precious, the heaviest emotion as well as the lightest, the darkest as well as the most joyful.

The two emotions of which the one known as S speaks, unworthiness and anger, are part of what most seekers would call the dark side or the shadow side of the self. The seeker has a feeling that he is not supposed to be feeling unworthy. He is not supposed to be angry. Yet emotions spring forth without regard to whether they should be felt or not. Emotions tell a truth within the life of the seeker and they are, therefore, great gifts of the self to the self.

Emotions begin with highly colored, impulsive reactions and responses to catalyst. They take one by surprise. They are not planned. This is why they bear truths as a gift. You cannot fool yourself into feeling an emotion. It simply is there, and you recognize it. However, emotions do not stay on the surface for the persistent seeker who is willing to abide with and enjoy the company of these emotions. They begin to have a deeper life. As one feels these emotions again and again, there comes the opportunity, each time the emotion is repeated, to work with that emotion, to embrace it and honor it and to gaze at it to see from what catalyst it has arisen.

When one is persistently fearless with emotions and is able to sit with the self as it experiences an emotion flowing through, there is a gradual deepening of that emotion. Eventually, as repetition and work in consciousness with these emotions begins to yield its fruits, the seeker begins to have glimpses of the refined and purified emotion that started out so highly colored. And eventually that emotion can take one into the archetypical mind, where the deepest of truths may be found.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

A: Yes. Would Q’uo discuss the spiritual principles behind the connection drawn between the theory in non-violent communication that positive emotions indicate that a universal human need has been met and that negative emotions indicate that a universal human need has not been met?

We are those of Q’uo, and we believe we understand your query. We would have no quarrel with the statement that positive emotions indicate that a universal need has been met, and negative emotions indicate that a universal need has not been met. We agree completely that the needs and desires of third density entities are universal for, indeed, all is one. The only reservation that we would have concerning this statement is that there are layers upon layers to emotion and layers upon layers to human need. So, some positive emotions ring false, as do some negative emotions, thereby not offering truth to the seeker. In the sense of attempting to understand one’s feelings, it certainly is helpful to compare the concept of emotion with the concept of universal needs, for it seems to give a psychological validation to one’s needs so that emotion then is not a thing about which to be embarrassed, but is rather a needed signal for that which is occurring within the personality. Perhaps the spiritual principle that would apply here is that all is one, and that just as the baby’s cry indicates that it is hungry, that emotion stems from that cry of hunger.

The other spiritual principle that we would invoke is that balancing principle which expresses the infinity and the mystery of human emotion and human nature in general. There are paths that move into mountain, upon mountain, upon mountain, raising the quality and the purity of human emotion many times for the entity who is willing to penetrate every emotion with his utter attention and respect.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a final query at this time.

A: Yes, would Q’uo discuss the spiritual principles behind love at first sight, such as in Romeo and Juliet?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. But in this case, there does not seem to be a spiritual principle to bring to bear on love at first sight. The classic Romeo and Juliet’s love at first sight is a story of entities who were in their early teens. This is a time of life when it is unlikely that there is a bleed-through memory of a past life or something of that nature which would create a spiritual nexus within which one might gaze at that attraction. However, it is so that there is a network which an entity has of souls with whom he has worked in past experiences—past, of course, being a linear term that does not hold in time/space. In that circular time/space where everything is occurring simultaneously, the web of relationships is amazingly extensive. And there are times when one entity meets another and a resonance is set up that is undeniable and is far deeper and more penetrating than the circumstances would normally suggest.

In those cases, it is quite likely that entities who have planned to work together on some service or some incarnational lesson together within an incarnation have found each other. And that is a very hopeful and positive thing for an entity who wishes to do spiritual work. It is greatly helpful to have companions with whom to share one’s gifts and with whom to explore one’s challenges. We might note in this regard that there has been a tendency within this group through decades of questions to visit the phenomenon of love at first sight, or star-crossed lovers, or soul mates. And we would suggest that, in fact, before the Creation has wound to its fullest spiritual gravity and returns to the one infinite Creator, each shall be a soul mate to each.

We would, at this time relinquish this instrument and this contact, for the instrument is growing weary. May we say what a delight and privilege it has been to share this meditation with you and be part of your session of working. We thank you once again for asking for our thoughts. We leave you in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I went outside and began cutting the daffodil leaves out of the astilbe garden by using a serrated knife. Then I decided to use my trimmer to trim the daffodil leaves back in the larger areas where there were fewer astilbe plants. Then I used my blower to blow the daffodil leaves into a pile on the ground where I could rake them up and put them into a garbage can.

This afternoon I cleaned the filters in the fishpond with the sprayer on my garden hose. Then I turned the fountain on and discovered that it was shooting too high, so I put more water in until the fountain was at the right height. Then I added some AquaSafe to neutralize the chlorine in the fresh water.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 30

With The Eyes Of Love

I am the spirit of Him who cleaved the way of truth, Jesus the Christ. I greet you in the full consciousness of Love, the spiritual principle which Jesus the Christ lived.

This entity saw all things with eyes of Love. And we await each heart that calls to us that we may be, for each, the eyes of Love. For as you look upon your day, if it is seen with the eyes of Love, it is a perfect day in every way. The tasks put before you to do are those which will be helpful to others or will teach patience and understanding. Those people whom you will meet will feed you with their unique loveliness or will challenge you to find the Christ within the distortions of your mundane world.

And so all things are either for joyous and enhanced living or for serious and persistent study to know the mind of Christ, to see with the eyes of Christ.

Call upon the Spirit of Love. It was for this reason that this principle was invoked in a personal sense for each and every consciousness within the creation.

We have great Love for each and await each call with a happy heart. We leave you in the peace which cleaves through falsity, that active peace which is Love, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from May 10, 2008:

The question this evening is about sexual energy exchanges. From the Ra contact we know that two factors which enhance the exchange are extended foreplay, which increases the amount of energy transferred, and both partners dedicating themselves to service to others, which doubles the energy transfer. Also, simultaneous orgasm allows the transfer to be most efficient. Please speak to the spiritual nature of sexual energy exchanges and how they enhance our magical personalities.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank you for the privilege of being called to join your circle of seeking this evening. It is a joy to be part of this circle of beautiful, seeking souls. As your auras mingle and create the sacred space of this contact, they show us a beauty that is beyond words. We thank you so much for this opportunity to share our humble thoughts with you on the subject of sexual energy exchange and the principles involved in maximizing this sacred energy. As always, however, we would preface our discussion by requesting that each maintain the utmost vigilance over his doors of perception. Please use your discrimination. Listen for the voice of your own resonance. If something seems interesting to you, by all means use it, but if something does not, please let it go without a second thought. In this way we can be assured of refraining from infringing in any way upon the process of your spiritual evolution. We thank you for this consideration.

In speaking of sexual energy exchange we need first to move back and prepare the ground, as it were, by offering some thoughts concerning the nature of the energy body and the nature of energy exchanges. Your energy body is far more full of your essence in the metaphysical sense than is your physical body. It is the body from which your physical body takes its form, but it is non-physical, being electrical in nature. You can think of the universe as a whole as a field of energy, infinite and mysterious. Contained within that vast and unimaginable Creator-field lie the fields of the galaxies, the suns, the planets, and the entities upon those planets, such as yourself. As you step down orders of magnitude to go from Creator to sub-Logos, to sub-sub-Logos, to sub-sub-sub-Logos, yet still the one infinite Creator is replete in every portion, every energy field, and every iota of the creation. Since all is one, each portion of the One is a hologram of the One. The very cells of your body are full of the information of the Creator and the created.

Your energy body is the governing field of your mind, body, and spirit. It joins the physical body at some time around physical birth willingly and consciously interpenetrating the physical body that is the opportunity for a lifetime of experience within the illusion of planet Earth. Throughout your life, then, your energy body and your physical body are indistinguishable in terms of any worldly observation or scientific ability to measure the potential difference betwixt the physical and the metaphysical. It is the energy body that feeds the perceptions of the physical body. As the physical body, mind, and emotions gather catalyst and experience, the harvest of those thoughts and emotions moves into the energy body in an endless loop.

Your energy body is fed by the Logos. In local terms it is fed by the energy of your sun which pours its Light, its energy, and power into the Earth. Planet Earth, your Mother, receives this energy in infinite amounts and sends it from the very heart and womb of the Earth in a radiating pattern from the very core of the planet, outward in every direction, coming up through the ground so that you may absorb it with your feet as you walk upon the Earth. It enters the energy body at the joining of the legs, which is the seat of the red-ray chakra, the first of the seven chakras that together comprise your energy body. This infinite Love/Light of the Creator that streams into the red ray will, if not baffled, blocked, or narrowed, move freely and powerfully into the heart, letting the heart open and bloom like a flower, thereby setting the stage for the potential for work in consciousness. 

The group question for this session was: “Please speak to the spiritual nature of sexual energy exchanges and how they enhance our magical personalities.” Q’uo began by saying in speaking of sexual energy exchange they need to move back and prepare the ground by offering some thoughts concerning the nature of the energy body and the nature of energy exchanges because our energy body is more full of our essence in the metaphysical sense than is our physical body, and it is the body from which our physical body takes its form, but it is non-physical, being electrical in nature, so we can think of the universe as a field of energy, infinite and mysterious, and contained within that vast Creator-field lie the fields of the galaxies, the suns, the planets, and the entities upon those planets, such as ourself, and as we step down orders of magnitude to go from Creator to sub-Logos, to sub-sub-Logos, to sub-sub-sub-Logos, yet the one infinite Creator is in every energy field of the creation, and since all is One, each portion of the One is a hologram of the One, so the cells of our body are full of the information of the Creator and the created. Then Q’uo said that our energy body is the governing field of our mind, body, and spirit, and it joins our physical body at some time around our birth consciously interpenetrating our body that is our opportunity for a lifetime of experience within the illusion of Earth, and throughout our life our energy body and our physical body are indistinguishable in terms of any scientific ability to measure the potential difference between the physical and the metaphysical, so it is our energy body that feeds the perceptions of our physical body, and as our physical body, mind, and emotions gather catalyst and experience, the harvest of those thoughts and emotions moves into our energy body in an endless loop. Q’uo went on to say our energy body is fed by the Logos, and in local terms it is fed by the energy of our sun which pours its Light, its energy, and power into the Earth, and our Mother Earth receives this energy in infinite amounts and sends it from the heart and womb of the Earth in a radiating pattern from the core of the planet, outward in every direction, coming up through the ground so that we may absorb it with our feet as we walk upon the Earth, so it enters our energy body at the joining of our legs, which is the seat of the red-ray chakra, the first of the seven chakras that create our energy body, and the infinite Love/Light of the Creator that streams into our red ray will, if not blocked, move powerfully into our heart, letting it open and bloom like a flower, thereby setting the stage for the potential for work in consciousness.  On September 5, 2010, Carla described the work of our energy body:

The Love and the Light of the infinite Creator is moving through our energy body in inexhaustible supply at all times. We can’t run out. By stopping the flow of Love through us, by clutching and contracting around our woes and our problems—which we all have—what we can do is stop that flow into the heart, and then we can’t get our hearts open all the way. The fuel is Love. It’s right here. It is inexhaustible. We don’t have to hoard it. All we have to do is live in such a way that our energy bodies are clear so that we get that energy through us at all times.

Work in consciousness can only take place when the red ray, orange ray, and yellow ray are open and the energy of the Creator is running freely through them, for this is the energy that feeds the heart. When it is limited or constricted, the magical personality shall find itself on very short rations. Once the seeker has set his intention to do work in consciousness, then the higher rays become involved: the blue ray of communication, the indigo ray of faith and being, and of course, the green ray of healing and unconditional Love. It is to be noted that it is not necessary, in order to be of service to others and to graduate from third density, for the higher rays to be used in order to access the gateway to intelligent infinity. Simple, straightforward, unconditional Love and the energies of forgiveness and compassion shall carry any seeker through graduation with flying colors. That is far more than enough to use in order to penetrate those energies that move one into higher Light.

However, you, as a metaphysical being within incarnation, were indeed given the ability to use the higher chakras and to do work in consciousness. The infinite Love/Light of the one Creator moves upward, whereas it is the intention set by the magical personality that calls the energy from above down to meet the infinite Love/Light of the one Creator moving upward. Where those two energies meet is the location where the seeker is able to accomplish work in consciousness whether it be healing, channeling, or the radiancy of being. So, whether we are speaking of healing, the green ray energy, or communication, the blue ray energy, or radiancy of being, the indigo ray, we speak of one process whereby a seeker decides to set his intention to become a priest, a minister of Light, and to take upon himself the responsibility of using his power rightly.

Sacred sexuality lies within the precincts of the indigo ray, and indeed, moves into the mystery of the violet ray. It calls down inspiration and information from the Godhead principle Itself, that great Logos that is unconditional Love, into the heart of that which joins the physical and the metaphysical being, sexuality. The potential of sexuality is that it may be sacred. The beginnings of sexuality are simple and primal. Consequently, as the priest and the priestess together set their intention to invite the Creator into the equation of their electrical circuitry, they call down the Logos itself. Yet it begins with the simplest sexual chemistry, that attraction that is purely red ray and that has been so sturdy in its efficiency of propagating the species of humans on planet Earth.

Then Q’uo said work in consciousness can only take place when the red ray, orange ray, and yellow ray are open, and the energy of the Creator is running freely through them, for this is the energy that feeds our heart, and when it is limited our magical personality shall find itself on short rations, but once we have set our intention to do work in consciousness, then our higher rays become involved: the blue ray of communication, the indigo ray of faith and being, and the green ray of healing and unconditional Love, and it is to be noted that it is not necessary, in order to be of service to others and to graduate from third density, for the higher rays to be used in order to access the gateway to intelligent infinity because unconditional Love and the energies of forgiveness and compassion shall carry any seeker through graduation, and that is more than enough to use in order to penetrate those energies that move us into higher Light. Q’uo continued by saying as a metaphysical being within incarnation we were given the ability to use the higher chakras and to do work in consciousness, and as the infinite Love/Light of the one Creator moves upward, it is the intention set by the magical personality that calls the energy from above down to meet the infinite Love/Light of the one Creator moving upward, so where those two energies meet is the location where we are able to accomplish work in consciousness whether it be healing, channeling, or the radiancy of being, so whether we are speaking of healing, the green ray energy, or communication, the blue ray energy, or radiancy of being, the indigo ray, we speak of one process whereby we decide to set our intention to become a minister of Light, and to take upon ourself the responsibility of using our power rightly. Q’uo went on to say sacred sexuality lies within the indigo ray, and it moves into the mystery of the violet ray, and it calls down inspiration from the Logos that is unconditional Love into the heart of that which joins our physical and our metaphysical being sexuality, and the potential of sexuality is that it may be sacred, so the beginnings of sexuality are simple, so as the priest and the priestess together set their intention to invite the Creator into the equation of their electrical circuitry, they call down the Logos, and it begins with the sexual chemistry, that attraction that is purely red ray and that has been sturdy in its efficiency of propagating the species of humans on Earth. On December 19, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the nature of doing work in consciousness:

However, the point of the kundalini rising, in terms of entities’ desire to progress spiritually, is that as one begins to be able to pull the full energy of that open heart up into work in consciousness, each place to which it is raised opens up vistas of opportunity for various types of work in consciousness, not simply moving upwards as one aiming directly for the Creator, but, in terms of working at any level—for instance, in open communication—there is the opportunity to spread out one’s discoveries and one’s services by creating more and more layers of understanding or awareness of subtle energies involved in the sub-density, shall we say , of open communication. Once the kundalini has been pulled from the heart up into the throat, then more articulated work can be done in communication. And this is also true as the kundalini continues to be pulled upwards by seeking and the careful development and discipline of personality.

The first point that the one known as Jim made concerning sexuality is that it is helpful to prolong foreplay, and we would speak on this to an extent and explore why this is so. As the two who have set their intent come together, they have simply their intent. They have not developed a structure, metaphysically speaking, in which to express their intent. Whatever two entities do after they have set their intent to share sacred sexuality can be considered foreplay. The ritual of the date is very helpful in this regard. As each of you has talked around the circle before the meditation this night, each has expressed the feeling of being so terribly busy that he almost cannot catch his breath. The world lies heavy upon the shoulders of those who must earn the living and fulfill the duties of the day. There is a great deal to lay down before one can engage in sacred play. There is much to release of the world and the grime and the weariness of the world.

And so, the two meet, perhaps over a dinner, or sharing a glass of wine, or coffee, a simple meeting of the eyes and the voices. And each talks, perhaps, about the day, about the concerns, the burdens and the feelings of world-weariness and ennui. And as these are spoken, the energy opens up and the rays begin to clear. What is not usually understood about red ray is that it is not only the ray of sexuality but also the ray of survival. It is the ray in which you must say either “yes” or “no” to life itself. Many are those whose feelings of depression and unhappiness, for various reasons, has begun to shut down or at least narrow that red ray. Somehow, sharing these woes with another whose ears are open to listen begins to get the red ray open again; begins to make life seem good again. The colors brighten, energies lift, and the conversation goes on.

Much is shared on a personal level, opening up orange ray. And if there is, between the two, the sacrament of marriage, yellow ray is also penetrated. And as the affairs of that particular relationship are discussed, that ray begins to open and relax, as each supports each. Finally, each can feel the heart opening because of the gratitude that is felt for the company of the other. Now, perhaps, there has been a shift in the location and the amount of privacy. Perhaps this is the time when the two lovers become intimate, clothes are shed, the outside world falls away, and the talk deepens. Whatever is said in this opening into blue ray has begun to take on the quality of sacredness, as each listens in complete sympathy and support to what the other has to say. The world seems to brighten more and more, the energy lifts and moves towards the indigo ray, that ray of faith and magic where two beings may become magical together.

Now Q’uo said the first point that Jim made concerning sexuality is that it is helpful to prolong foreplay, and we would explore why this is so because as the two who have set their intent come together, they have their intent, but they have not developed a  metaphysical structure in which to express their intent, so whatever two entities do after they have set their intent to share sacred sexuality can be considered foreplay, and the ritual of the date is helpful in this regard, and as each of us has talked around the circle before the meditation this night, each has expressed the feeling of being so busy that we cannot catch our breath, so the world lies heavy upon the shoulders of those who must earn a living and fulfill the duties of the day, and there is a great deal to lay down before we can engage in sacred play, and there is much to release of the weariness of the world. Q’uo continued by saying that the two meet over a dinner, or sharing a glass of wine, and each talks about the day, the concerns, the feelings of world-weariness, and as these are spoken the energy opens up and the rays begin to clear, but what is not usually understood about red ray is that it is not only the ray of sexuality but also the ray of survival, so it is the ray in which we must say either “yes” or “no” to life itself, and many are those whose feelings of unhappiness have begun to shut down or narrow that red ray, and sharing these woes with another whose ears are open to listen begins to get the red ray open again, and begins to make our life seem good again so that our energies lift, and the conversation goes on. Then Q’uo said much is shared on a personal level, opening up orange ray, and if there is the sacrament of marriage, yellow ray is also penetrated, and as the affairs of that relationship are discussed, that ray begins to open and relax, as each supports each, so each can feel the heart opening because of the gratitude that is felt for the company of the other, and there has been a shift in the location and the amount of privacy, so this is the time when the two lovers become intimate; clothes are shed; the outside world falls away; and the talk deepens so that whatever is said in this opening into blue ray has begun to take on the quality of sacredness as each listens in sympathy and support to what the other has to say, and the world brightens more, and the energy moves towards the indigo ray of faith and magic where two beings may become magical together. In 32.6, Ra described the nature of our indigo ray:

The indigo ray is the ray of, shall we say, awareness of the Creator as self; thus one whose indigo-ray vibrations have been activated can offer the energy transfer of Creator to Creator. This is the beginning of the sacramental nature of what you call your bisexual reproductive act. It is unique in bearing the allness, the wholeness, the unity in its offering to other-self.

When that moment arrives where touch is involved, you can see that there has been a great deal of preparation. Sacred sexuality is not casual in any way. It is as structured as is any magical ritual, yet it is structured within the sensibilities of two priests who are invoking the one infinite Creator as they invoke that connection that is the essence of sexual congress. We mentioned before that your energy body is an electrical body. As electricity has its path, so your energy body has its points of contact which can form a circuit betwixt two energy bodies, making them one. Those openings are at the lips, the hands, the feet, the groin and the breasts. If two hold hands, they are able to exchange sexual energy. If they touch lips they are able to express sexual energy. If any of those elements touch, sexual energy circuits between the two. When one thinks of sacred sexuality one needs to think in terms of the closing of those circuits.

By the time the first touch occurs, there has been a good deal of power built up by the anticipation of the pleasure of touch. In this regard, the focus of the two entities involved is the key to the ratcheting up of the amperage of the contact betwixt the two. Indeed, this instrument has often found it useful to visualize the circuit that has been closed, seeing how it changes color in intensity, how it is infinite in its play as each touches each and each creates ways to make the other feel good. It was intended by the Creator that sexuality had the potential of offering to third-density entities an experience of the steady state of the Creator, which would be described by third density entities as orgasm. This is the steady state of the universe. This is the power of unconditional love. This is the engine that drives creation. This is the sunlight that falls upon you. It too, is the fusion of the priest and the priestess expressing unconditional Love in a steady state. As a priest and priestess who are mated become more experienced, each with the other, there begin to be refinements on the art of touching, on the nuances of intimacy, so that each can bring the other very close to the point of orgasm and then remain there, playing with that energy, fueling it, playing again, and fueling again, and not feeling the need to move to orgasm.

We believe this is what the one known as Jim had in mind when he spoke of prolonging foreplay, and this is certainly the major part of being able to move up in orders of magnitude, in terms of the brilliance and the power of the energy exchange involved. However, it is never to be forgotten that all of the energy centers are involved in sacred sexuality. One cannot play in the fields of the Lord if one does not have the lower chakras running well, glad and free and open and accepting of life and all that it offers. It is indeed so that when both entities, the priest and the priestess, have consciously dedicated their lives to the service of the one infinite Creator, this doubles the power available to each. This is according to the way of doubling or squares. As in many other kinds of energies, when there are two who together seek, the power of that seeking is doubled.

Q’uo continued by saying when that moment arrives where touch is involved, you can see that there has been a great deal of preparation because sacred sexuality is as structured as is any magical ritual, yet it is structured within the sensibilities of two priests who are invoking the one infinite Creator as they invoke that connection that is the essence of sexual congress, so Q’uo mentioned before that our energy body is an electrical body, and as electricity has its path, so our energy body has its points of contact which can form a circuit between two energy bodies, making them one, and those openings are at the lips, the hands, the feet, the groin, and the breasts, so if we hold hands we are able to exchange sexual energy; if we touch lips we are able to express sexual energy; so when we think of sacred sexuality we need to think in terms of the closing of those circuits. Q’uo continued by saying by the time the first touch occurs, there has been a good deal of power built up by the anticipation of the pleasure of touch, and the focus of the two entities involved is the key to increasing the power of the contact between the two, and Carla has found it useful to visualize the circuit that has been closed, seeing how it changes color in intensity, how it is infinite in its play as each touches each, and each creates ways to make the other feel good because it was intended by the Creator that sexuality had the potential of offering to third-density entities an experience of the steady state of the Creator, which would be described by third density entities as orgasm, and this is the steady state of the universe,  the power of unconditional Love, the engine that drives creation, and it is the fusion of the priest and the priestess expressing unconditional Love in a steady state, so as a priest and priestess who are mated become more experienced there begin to be refinements on the art of touching, so each can bring the other close to the point of orgasm and then remain there, playing with that energy, fueling it, playing again, and not feeling the need to move to orgasm. Q’uo went on to say we believe this is what Jim had in mind when he spoke of prolonging foreplay, and this is the major part of being able to move up in orders of magnitude, in terms of the power of the energy exchange involved, but it is never to be forgotten that all of the energy centers are involved in sacred sexuality because we cannot play in the fields of the Lord if we do not have the lower chakras running well, free, and accepting of life and all that it offers, and it is so that when the priest and the priestess have consciously dedicated their lives to the service of the one infinite Creator, this doubles the power available to each according to the way of doubling, and as in other kinds of energies, when there are two who together seek, the power of that seeking is doubled. On December 29, 2007, Q’uo spoke of the nature of sacred sexuality:

Your sexuality, for instance, has so many layers to it! Yet it must begin with that wonderful “yes” of lust and chemical attraction. And then you can begin to let it lift, through relationship, to open-hearted relationship, to that love of a legal relationship, and from there to the upper-chakra work of true affection, true communication, and mutual work in consciousness which is sacred sexuality. There is no detail, no matter how seemingly mundane of life, that is not bursting with the sacred and the divine.

And we would certainly agree with the one known as Jim that when there is a simultaneous orgasm between the priest and the priestess, the energy exchange is at its most brilliant, focused and collected. It is certainly the most lucid way to experience the fusion of self with self and self with Creator. Yet, at the same time, we would note that it is possible to have a powerful energy exchange without orgasm, simply because of the intention of the mated pair and their dedication of the time of pleasure and feeling good to the service of the one infinite Creator. There are many among your people who have been well mated and who no longer are able to share the sexuality in the way of their youth. This in no way inhibits their ability to exchange sexual energy, to make each other feel good, and to have sacred play.

Sacred sexuality begins with a person’s willingness to become magical. To be able to experience sacred sexuality, a seeker must release those thoughts of himself which limit him. He must find it within himself to accept himself just as he is and to fall in love with himself, casting aside all thought of self-improvement or self judgment. The beginning of the seeker’s transition to the magical personality is his total acceptance of himself as he is. We believe that this is perhaps the critical difficulty with sacred sexuality, and is that limiting factor which keeps many from experiencing the full freedom and beauty of sacred sexuality. Think of yourself not as you see yourself in the mirror but as you feel yourself when you pray for what you most dearly wish. See yourself not as a physical being but as a dreamer, a hoper, a lover of the light, an idealist. See those energies of intention that have nothing to do with the manifestations of the world. This is the beginning of the magical personality: to perceive yourself more truly than you can with the mirrors of the world.

Andfinally, we would note the impossibility of creating sacred sexuality without context. Such has often been attempted by those who would like to take a shortcut and who perhaps are unable to sustain a committed personal relationship for the length of time that it takes to establish a safe haven where two can trust that they shall not be harmed. Many are those who have attempted to create sacred sexuality by the use of objects, such as prostitutes, where all of the work of the magician is done by one entity in solitude, using the object in order to express the actual sexual energy. This shall never become true sacred sexuality, for there is no energy exchange. In higher densities this shall be much clearer, for in higher densities entities exchange the dynamic between them upon meeting and so experience a kind of orgasm simply by shaking hands and saying hello, shall we say. There is nothing hidden or shameful. All energies are accepted as clean and beautiful. So, entities dwell in an atmosphere of the exchanging of energies at all times.

You who dwell within the veil do not have that luxury. And so, in order to become able to practice as priest and priestess in sacred sexuality, you must create with another that safe place that enables trust and faith to reign supreme. How precious such a relationship is and how much it has to offer! Before we leave this subject, we would note that including the Creator in all that you do is the way to create your life as magical. The Creator is not “out there,” unless you allow the Creator to be far off. The Creator is intimate with you in a very sexual way. As you move through your everyday chores, invite the Creator to come into your life and power—and mean it—and watch your life transform. You will find yourself exchanging energy in a far more transparent way, and seeing the energy expenditures of others around you. You will feel the energy of the sun and share with that energy, giving your love back to it. And so, an energy exchange is made with the daylight itself. You can do that with each and every thing with which you come in contact. We wish you the joy of your practice.

Q’uo said we would agree with Jim that when there is a simultaneous orgasm between the priest and the priestess, the energy exchange is at its most brilliant, and it is the most lucid way to experience the fusion of ourself with ourself and ourself with Creator, yet at the same time Q’uo  noted that it is possible to have a powerful energy exchange without orgasm because of the intention of the mated pair and their dedication of the time of pleasure and feeling good to the service of the one infinite Creator, so there are many among our people who have been well mated and who no longer are able to share the sexuality in the way of their youth, but this does not inhibit their ability to exchange sexual energy and to have sacred play. Then Q’uo said sacred sexuality begins with a person’s willingness to become magical, so to be able to experience sacred sexuality we must release thoughts which limit us, and we must find it within ourself to accept ourself just as we are and to fall in love with ourself by casting aside all thought of self-judgment so that the beginning of our transition to the magical personality is our acceptance of ourself as we are, and Q’uo believed that this is the critical difficulty with sacred sexuality, and is that limiting factor which keeps many of us from experiencing the full beauty of sacred sexuality, so we should think of ourself not as we see ourself in the mirror but as we feel ourself when we pray for what we wish, and we should see ourself not as a physical being but as a dreamer and a lover of the Light, and see those energies of intention that have nothing to do with the manifestations of the world because this is the beginning of the magical personality: to perceive ourself more truly than we can with the mirrors of the world. Q’uo continued by saying we note the impossibility of creating sacred sexuality without context because such has been attempted by those who would like to take a shortcut and who are unable to sustain a committed personal relationship for the length of time that it takes to establish a safe haven where two can trust that they shall not be harmed, so some have attempted to create sacred sexuality by the use of prostitutes where the work of the magician is done by one entity in solitude, using the prostitute in order to express the sexual energy, but this shall never become sacred sexuality, for there is no energy exchange, but in higher densities this shall be clearer, for in higher densities entities exchange the dynamic between them upon meeting and so experience a kind of orgasm simply by shaking hands and saying hello since there is nothing hidden or shameful, and all energies are accepted, so entities dwell in an atmosphere of the exchanging of energies at all times. Q’uo completed their reply by saying that we who dwell within the veil do not have that luxury, so in order to become able to practice as priest and priestess in sacred sexuality, we must create with another that safe place that enables trust and faith to reign supreme, and how precious such a relationship is, and Q’uo noted that including the Creator in all that we do is the way to create our life as magical because the Creator is intimate with us in a sexual way, so as we move through our everyday chores, we can invite the Creator to come into our life and power—and mean it—and watch our life transform, and we will find ourself exchanging energy in a more transparent way, and seeing the energy expenditures of others around us, and we will feel the energy of the sun and share that energy, giving our love back to it, so an energy exchange is made with the daylight itself, and we can do that with each and every thing with which we come in contact. On December 25, 2010, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our energy expenditures:

The energy expenditures that you are called to are those of Love. That is why you came and that is why you remain. You are not yet done loving this planet and its people. Consequently, waste no time in judgment on yourself or on others but only spend your energy on the inner planes for those purposes of dedicating all that you are and all that you have to the service of the one Creator; to being that entity of Love that you intended to be when you chose to come here.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: We don’t have a follow-up to that particular query, but G has given me one that he would like to have asked. It’s from J. It reads, “Q’uo, I’ve been distributing, promoting, and ingesting a substance known as “White Gold” for almost ten years. It’s a legal substance. New information from another channel has presented itself to me which suggests that there may be a negative consequence to the DNA of the entity ingesting the substance. I’m deeply concerned that there may be some validity to this statement and am worried that, if it is true, then I may be, in ignorance, distributing a chemical substance which has negative effects on those who ingest it. Is there any information of a spiritual nature that you could offer me involved with the principles of this situation?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The spiritual principle which we would mention at this time in connection with your query is the principle of the individuality of response. All is one, yet each entity is as a snowflake, individual and unique. Each unique energy system operates on its own frequency and with its own peculiarities. Therefore, that which may be extremely helpful for one entity may be neutral for another and may be detrimental for another. Only the percentages vary in terms of this being true of virtually any energy or substance that is offered.

Is there another query that we may consider at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

A: Yes, Q’uo. Could you compare and contrast, from the spiritual perspective, the energy exchanges of sacred sex with the energy exchanges in other spiritual dimensions of empathy?

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query, my brother. When there is an empathic energy exchange, it is an exchange that does not have the element of sexual touch. The nature of the empathic exchange is not necessarily indigo-ray. Empathic exchanges, that is, one entity understanding another to the point where one is able to experience as that entity, are possible in any of the energy centers. So, my brother, we would say that it is a different animal in terms of its being a more general and more broad category of energy exchange. Yet, certainly, it is, just as is sexual energy exchange, that closing of circuitry of one kind or another where two entities become one.

May we answer you further, my brother?

A: I’m studying a method of providing compassionate empathy in a book called Nonviolent Communication by Marshall Rosenberg. I’m not clear what my next question would be about that, but if you see anything spiritual about that, I would be interested.

We are those of Q’uo, and my brother, we encourage you to follow the path of resonance and wish you well with your journey.

Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: I have a question about energy exchange. Is there energy exchange between you, as an entity that works with a circle of seeking? I understand there is an energy exchange because you work through the channel, and you need to connect with the channel, so some energy moves there. But is there a more general energy exchange because this is a circle of seeking and we ask you to join it, so everybody in the circle exchanges energy in some way?

We are those of Q’uo, and grasp your query my brother. The energy exchange betwixt you and us is the energy exchange of Creator and Creator, equal to equal. The precise nature of the exchange again has to do with the individual. Each entity’s energy body is unique, and each energy body has its ways of receiving and giving energy, not in the specifically sexual sense, but in the sense of having pathways between various of the chakras that are used to working together. This is often a matter that is compounded by the long-held habits of an entity and his tendency to perceive in a certain way. The energy exchange betwixt Spirit in general and yourself in incarnation in general is always deepened and strengthened as the seeker avails himself to the silence and practices meditation and thus becomes able to begin to perceive deeper truths about his own nature.

The more deeply that it is possible for you as an entity to go in opening up and revealing your inner self in terms of opening to contact with us, the more able that we are to become one with you in a very intimate way as we collaborate together to create an instrument whereby perhaps those who seek may find good resources and information for their spiritual journey. When the dedication is set to serve as a channel and when the self has been opened up fearlessly to that possibility, the stage is set for the most efficient and deep energy exchange betwixt those of us of the time/space realm and you in the space/time realm. It is a beautiful and mysterious collaboration which is hedged in artistry and energy. It is a very creative exchange, as we are sure that you are aware, as you yourself have attempted to open yourself to these energies.

R asked: “Is there energy exchange between you, as an entity that works with a circle of seeking? I understand there is an energy exchange because you work through the channel, and you need to connect with the channel, so some energy moves there. But is there a more general energy exchange because this is a circle of seeking and we ask you to join it, so everybody in the circle exchanges energy in some way?” Q’uo began by saying the energy exchange between you and us is the energy exchange of Creator and Creator, and the nature of the exchange  has to do with the individual because each entity’s energy body is unique and has its ways of receiving and giving energy, not in the sexual sense, but in the sense of having pathways between the chakras that are used to working together, and this is a matter that is confused by the habits of an entity and their tendency to perceive in a certain way, so the energy exchange between Spirit and yourself in incarnation is always deepened and strengthened as you avail yourself to the silence and practice meditation and thus become able to begin to perceive deeper truths about your own nature. Then Q’uo said the more deeply that it is possible for you as an entity to go in revealing your inner self in terms of opening to contact with us, the more able that we are to become one with you in an intimate way as we work together to create an instrument whereby those who seek may find resources for their spiritual journey, so when the dedication is set to serve as a channel, and when the self has been opened up to that possibility, the stage is set for a deep energy exchange between those of Q’uo in the time/space realm and you in the space/time realm, and it is a beautiful and mysterious experience which is formed in artistry and energy, so it is a very creative exchange, as you are aware of as you have attempted to open yourself to these energies. On September 3, 1995, Q’uo described the general nature of an energy exchange:

The student, when considering instructions of the teacher, takes that which is the self which it is at its heart with it upon a journey that the teacher offers by presenting the concepts and considerations which are just beyond the student’s current level of understanding and integration within its [inaudible]. As the student walks with the teacher on this mutual journey of teaching and learning the teacher becomes aware of the student’s response according to its own observation of the student’s feedback and the intuition that develops in any relationship that involves energy exchange. Thus, the teacher is being taught how to teach as the student learns what is given. The teacher finds new areas [inaudible] so that there is no possibility of teaching without learning or learning without teaching for those engaged in this process of changing the self. All change is learning. All learning is change.

May we answer you further, my brother?

R: No, Q’uo, thank you for your comments, and thank you for coming in, being repeatedly willing to answer our numerous questions.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your thanks, my brother. As you know well, our thanks are just as fervent. It is tremendously fulfilling to us to be able to share our thoughts with you and hopefully to be of some small service to those of you who seek so valiantly within the veil on planet Earth. The instrument becomes weary, and we would leave this instrument and this group with thanksgiving and joy, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I went outside and transplanted a flat of Red Tuberous Begonias in the Ruins Mound. Then I watered them with fertilized water.

This afternoon I went outside and used Venus, my big mower, to mow the grass all around my home because there is rain forecast for the next few days, and the grass needed to be cut before that.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert

April 29

The Inarticulate Voice

I am the spirit of the consciousness of Love, and I greet you in the name of Jesus the Christ.

We are principles of consciousness, the kind of consciousness in which all distorted consciousnesses have their origin.

As in all consciousness, we are inarticulate messengers and are able to impress the paradigms and motivations of Love upon the mind and heart of the pilgrim only to the extent that the consciousness of the pilgrim is slanted towards the bias of the articulation of Love’s message for each and for the harmony of creation.

Thus, even if one seeks the voice of the Spirit, it is also well to seek the consciousness of intuition and articulation of feelings. For it is in small and often inarticulate ways that the voice of the Spirit speaks. And it is the wise pilgrim which has prepared the mind and heart for that still, small voice, expecting not the poverty of intellectual articulation but the riches of clear bias.

We leave you in peace, both now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from April 26, 2008:

The question this evening is, “Would you discuss the spiritual principles behind the creative process of the arts? From a spiritual perspective, what are some of the differences in the creative process between poets, novelists, sculptors, painters, composers, songwriters, actors and playwrights?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is a great privilege to be called. We shall do our best to share with you some of our thoughts upon this most interesting subject of the spiritual principles behind the creative process. As always, we ask each who reads or listens to this material to retain your keen sense of discrimination, so that you take that which is useful to you from this conversation and leave the rest behind. We would be most grateful for you to do that, as it allows us to speak freely without being concerned that we may infringe upon your free will or disturb your process.

Thespiritual principle behind the creative process is that each entity is the Creator. Each entity has the innate ability to create things that never were and to think thoughts that have never been thought. Each entity upon Planet Earth in third density is equipped with all of the tools and resources for creativity. You may ask, then, “Why does not everyone create?” The challenge of being creative is to retain or produce a way of seeing and perceiving that is original to the Creator. Your culture does not encourage original thought. Your culture does not encourage inner-directed behavior and attitudes. Your culture has a consensus reality which is endlessly materialistic. It is as though, with a sea all around you, your culture stands upon a tiny island and says, “This is the world. Do not go to the sea. Do not dive deep in unknown waters. Here in this garden where there is food to eat and work to do, live your life. Question nothing, accept authority, and make no waves. Do not paddle at the shores of the unknown.”

The culture and its consensus reality, in our point of view, is the illusion and the water, the reality. The creation of the small island is the pulling together of some gross physical matter upon which to stand and it is built by fear. At each instant of each of your lives upon planet Earth, infinity and eternity are as close to you as your breath; as near as your heartbeat. Each moment upon this seemingly solid earth and its seemingly mundane concerns can open up in an instant to reveal the stunning complexity, paradox, and mystery of the infinity of the moment. Land falls away and the waters invite, encourage and attract the seeking heart to escape the island of consensus reality and plunge into the waters of the noumenal, the unknown, and the wondrous. It is to be noted that the artistic impulse exists in some way, shape or form in each person. However, in some cases, the environment of childhood is such that there is too much fear built into knowing new things to make it possible for an entity to explore his creative impulse. In other cases, an entity may have great appreciation and delight in portions of the creative process and yet be unable, for lack of native talent, to manifest that wonderful artistic vision that is in his heart and in his soul.

There is a certain percentage of your peoples, many of them being wanderers, whose nature is such and whose pre-incarnative choices of talents are such as to support the creative process. Artists and creators of what this instrument would call “intellectual properties” are not a different breed than other human beings upon planet Earth. They are those whose gifts include a sensitivity to beauty which calls them away from the island and into the water. We use this metaphor because the difference between that which is non-magical and that which is magical, or that which is non-creative and that which is creative, is the flatness and the two-dimensionality, shall we say, of the earth at the feet, and the figure walking across the earth at a 90-degree angle to it at all times. There is no roundness. The life is shaped in squares. In the water, if the water separates out, every drop of water is a globe. It is a circular universe, appropriate to the circular energies of time/space and metaphysical things.

The group question for this session was: “The question this evening is, “Would you discuss the spiritual principles behind the creative process of the arts? From a spiritual perspective, what are some of the differences in the creative process between poets, novelists, sculptors, painters, composers, songwriters, actors and playwrights?” Q’uo began by saying the spiritual principle behind the creative process is that each of us is the Creator, and we have the ability to create things that never were and to think thoughts that have never been thought, and each entity of us on Earth in third density is equipped with resources for creativity, but the challenge of being creative is for us to produce a way of seeing that is original to the Creator, and our culture does not encourage original thought, but our culture has a consensus reality which is materialistic, and with a sea all around us our culture stands upon a tiny island and says: “This is the world. Do not go to the sea. Do not dive deep in unknown waters. Here in this garden where there is food to eat and work to do, live your life. Question nothing, accept authority, and make no waves. Do not paddle at the shores of the unknown.” Q’uo continued by saying our culture and its consensus reality is the illusion, and the creation of the small island is the pulling together of some physical matter upon which to stand, and it is built by fear so that at each instant of our lives upon Earth infinity is as close to us as our breath and as near as our heartbeat, and each moment upon Earth and its seemingly mundane concerns can open up in an instant to reveal the paradox and mystery of the infinity of the moment when land falls away, and the waters attract our seeking heart to escape the island of consensus reality and plunge into the waters of the unknown, and it is to be noted that the artistic impulse exists in some way in each of us, but the environment of childhood is such that there is too much fear built into knowing new things to make it possible for us to explore our creative impulse, so in other cases we may have delight in portions of the creative process, and yet be unable, to manifest that artistic vision that is in our heart and our soul. Q’uo went on to say there is a certain percentage of our people, many of them being wanderers, whose nature is such and whose pre-incarnative choices of talents are such as to support the creative process, and artists of what Carla would call “intellectual properties” are not a different breed than other human beings upon planet Earth because we are those whose gifts include a sensitivity to beauty which calls us away from the island and into the water, and Q’uo used this metaphor because the difference between that which is non-magical and that which is magical is the two-dimensionality of the Earth at the feet, and our figure walking across the Earth at a 90-degree angle to it at all times since there is no roundness, and our life is shaped in squares, but in water every drop of water is a globe, and it is a circular universe, appropriate to the circular energies of time/space and metaphysical things. On February 12, 2006, Q’uo spoke of that which is magical within us:

That which is magical within you awaits your choice. Let us look then at the nature of the choice before you and the resources with which you meet it. In each moment your choice is to accept yourself as the self that your culture and your environment suggest that you are, or to accept yourself as something far more articulated. It may seem grandiose to those who like the idea of being powerless and without responsibility in any ethical sense. To those who are thirsty for the one infinite Creator, it seems a positive blessing to be pulled forward by the desire to seek. Those who wish to become more than they know are those who would choose to become co-Creators with the forces placed into motion at the time of birth.

When you choose to accelerate the pace of your spiritual evolution, you are activating a magical portion of yourself. That is the nature of your choice. It is perfectly all right to choose to rest and refrain from the practice of the recognition of the power of your own being. When you have gathered your strength and wish to step forward upon your journey, you are indeed the fool. Whether or not you feel that you need baggage, you pick up your self, your energies, and your intentions, and you leave the familiar safe and sheltered valley of your past understanding.

We would switch to a different metaphor now in talking about the gateway to intelligent infinity, for the second part of your query, my brother, has to do with possible differences between various types of artists and creators. We would distinguish at the beginning of this conversation between artists and those entities who are moving from an intellectual perspective and are not involved in the artistic impulse but rather have found that the gifts produced by him are well accepted and can offer him a good living. We are talking about those with the spontaneous and irresistible urge to create. Those who are playing a role and seeing artistic production as a kind of career or work limit themselves by remaining within the lower chakras in their expression of material offered by them, or to them if they are singers or actors.

Wespeak, as we believe you intended us to speak, strictly of those artists who must express that which is within them and who are irresistibly drawn to perform and to share their gifts. Whether or not such entities would think of offering their gifts in a spiritual sense, it is, indeed, a spiritual exercise by its very definition. For in order to make contact with the creative impulse, the entity must move into the open heart, or green-ray chakra, and thereby move upwards into the ray of communication, the blue ray, and the ray of faith, indigo ray, and thenceforth to move into the violet ray and the gateway to intelligent infinity. An artist is moving his attention into a place where he is able to draw from beyond that gateway the inspiration and information needed in order to be able to express the visions that he has seen and the perceptions he has garnered in his own way. He is as the treasure hunter who finds treasure and then must share it.

This instrument is fond of a musician known as Willie. This singer and songwriter was once asked how he created so many beautiful melodies. The one known as Willie said, “There are melodies moving through the air at all times. It is just a matter of picking one out of the air and putting words to it.” This entity was accurate. The infinity of possibilities flows through that gateway to those who access it at all times. There is no end to the creative impulse. We would note that the great and universal difficulty which artistic entities face is that they become overly fond of remaining in the chakras we have just mentioned—the heart chakra, the throat chakra, the brow chakra, and the gateway chakra. They prefer to remain completely in the upper chakras and not to take care of or honor the lower chakras. Therefore, they become untethered to the earth, shall we say. They are not grounded into their lives and their incarnations.

Then Q’uo said they would switch to a different metaphor now in talking about the gateway to intelligent infinity, for the second part of our query has to do with differences between various types of artists, and they would distinguish between artists and those of us who are moving from an intellectual perspective and are not involved in the artistic impulse, but have found that the gifts produced by us are accepted and can offer us a good living, but Q’uo was talking about those of us with the irresistible urge to create because we are seeing artistic production as a career, but we limit ourselves by remaining within the lower chakras in our expression of material offered to  us if we are singers or actors. Q’uo went on to say they speak of those artists who express that which is within us, and we are drawn to share our gifts, and whether or not we would think of offering our gifts in a spiritual sense, it is a spiritual exercise by its definition, for in order to make contact with the creative impulse we must move into our open heart and move upwards into the blue ray of communication, then the indigo ray of faith, then move into the violet ray and the gateway to intelligent infinity, so as an artist we are moving our attention into a place where we are able to draw from beyond that gateway the information needed in order to be able to express the visions that we have seen and the perceptions we have gained in our way, so we are as the treasure hunter who finds treasure and then must share it. Now Q’uo said Carla is fond of a musician known as Willie, and he was once asked how he created so many beautiful melodies, and he said: “There are melodies moving through the air at all times. It is just a matter of picking one out of the air and putting words to it.” Q’uo said he was accurate because the infinity of possibilities flows through that gateway to those of us who access it at all times, and there is no end to the creative impulse, but the universal difficulty which artistic entities face is that we become overly fond of remaining in the heart chakra, the throat chakra, the brow chakra, and the gateway chakra, and because we prefer to remain in the upper chakras and not to honor the lower chakras, we become untethered to the Earth, and we are not grounded into our incarnations. On September 5, 2010, Carla spoke of our access to the gateway to intelligent infinity:

We are in the incredibly wonderful position of being a little place to anchor into this earthly vibration the infinite Love of the one Creator. We have a gateway to intelligent infinity within us. It is when your heart is open, and you have opened your upper chakras and then you ask. You set an intention. You say, “I want help.” And that wonderful panoply of helpers above—the angels, the Confederation, your higher self, all the forces of nature—spring into action all around you and help pours in through that gateway and goes where it is needed.

The energy called down from the gateway to intelligent infinity always comes down into the heart chakra first. Then, if you’re a teacher, a channel using communication, a writer, a poet, and so forth, you bounce back up the blue-ray chakra. And you express through that chakra that which you have been able to draw down through the gateway.

For those who heal, the energy comes down from intelligent infinity, down through violet ray, indigo ray, blue ray, down into the green ray and then the energy drawn down stays in green ray, so that you become an instrument of that which is flowing through you. You don’t try to heal. You try to be a good instrument. And you might be putting your touch on people. It might be the Christian Science way of a practitioner knowing the truth for another person and allowing that to be and creating the opportunity for that person to accept that. There are many ways to heal in terms of spiritual healing from the gateway, but they all involve the healer giving up his will and saying, “Use me please.”

This is the temptation for those who love beautiful things, not realizing that beauty begins with the stench of birth, the blood, the wailing, the sharp light, and the terror. The creative process must move down, daily and consciously, into those very beginnings of life, into red ray with its survival and sexuality, into orange ray and yellow ray with its relationships, and work with the entire energy body in order to have the strength and the sheer energy flowing through the energy body in order to make the most of the spiritual gifts of creativity while not destroying the body, the emotions, or the mind, quickly or gradually, because of inattention to the lower chakras and their issues and concerns. Various artists have chosen before incarnation to bring with them into life various creative gifts. One may sing. Another may be a wonderful actor. One may write. Another may paint. The differences between the different kinds of artistry have to do with the personality or character of the individual who is striving to express artistic feelings and concepts.

Some there are who like to remain within the heart and are expressing from the heart. These, in many cases, are performers. Those who create music, shall we say, or create operas or ballets, move from the heart chakra. Others there are who have the pronounced blue ray. Those with this particular character will find it irresistible to attempt to communicate in new ways and many of these are writers, playwrights, poets, and inspired teachers, for teaching is, in itself, an art form. Many there are whose character and personality are such that they are drawn to the realms of faith, will and magic. A mixture of these energies is unique to each artist and therefore the mode or manifestation of that art within him will also be unique. Certainly too, an artist may move in his life through various phases in which he is coming from the heart or the desire to communicate or from the desire to express the magic of life. But these are the waters in which the artist plays.

Q’uo went on to say this is the temptation for those of us who love beautiful things, not realizing that beauty begins with the stench of birth, the blood, the wailing, the sharp light, and the terror, so the creative process must move down, daily and consciously, into those beginnings of our life, into red ray with its survival and sexuality, into orange ray and yellow ray with its relationships, and work with the energy body in order to have the energy flowing through our energy body in order to make the most of the spiritual gifts of creativity while not destroying our body, our emotions, or our mind because of inattention to the lower chakras and their issues, and various artists have chosen before incarnation to bring with them into life various creative gifts, so that one may sing, or may be a wonderful actor, or one may write, and the differences between the different kinds of artistry have to do with our personality as we are striving to express artistic concepts. Q’uo completed their reply by saying some of us like to remain within our heart, and we are often performers, and those of us who create music, or create operas or ballets, move from our heart chakra, but others there are those of us who have the activated blue ray, and those of us with this character will find it irresistible to attempt to communicate in new ways and many of these are writers, poets, and inspired teachers, for teaching is an art form, and many there are of us whose personality is such that we are drawn to the realms of faith, will, and magic, so a mixture of these energies is unique to each artist, and the manifestation of that art within us will also be unique, but as an artist we may move in our life through various phases in which we are coming from our heart with the desire to communicate or from the desire to express the magic of life, but these are the waters in which we play as the artist. On October 15, 1995, Q’uo spoke of the magic of life:

Remember as you touch each other’s lives, and as you go forth and continue this process, that the magic of life is much more obvious when each finds the groups or the new people that have a commonality of attitude and interest in the metaphysical. Be able to reach out in faith to those who are new in your relationships, for this is truly a path in which companions are the most help and the least difficulty.

We ask if there is another query, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: Are numbers, ratios and arbitrary rates a helpful spiritual lens for understanding the creative process and the creative product?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Indeed, mathematics and ratios are intrinsic and absolutely necessary to the creative process, and if an artist is having difficulty focusing, it may be very helpful for such an entity to work with mathematics, especially sacred geometry. If one looks at language itself, it is sacred geometry. Each letter in a word has a certain energy. Each word, made up of certain letters, has a certain energy. The study of not just language but alphabets and symbols is endlessly fascinating, and it can be seen that through the doorway of letters and words an infinite amount of energy may flow. Such tools are necessary for the artist. In music as well, it may easily be seen that there is a series of mathematical ratios betwixt the twelve tones of the western scale. There are mathematical ratios betwixt various chords, duads, and triads within that system of octaves which musicians use to create the beauty of a melody and the richness of harmonization and symphony.

Maywe ask if there is another query, my brother?

Jim: In order to bring us full-circle, would you discuss the spiritual principles behind the attraction of art, literature, and theater for non-artists and the population in general from a spiritual perspective, being sensitive to how different types of art may uniquely tweak the creative process? How does art affect us?“

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. As we said previously, all entities are creators, but not all entities are drawn to express their creativity. They are solidly attached to their little island of consensus reality. They want the ground firm beneath them and the sky above. They wish their feet not to sink into the unknown. And yet, that creative impulse dwells within all. It is part of being part of the Creator. Each entity is a sub-Creator. Each entity has magical ability. Each entity through faith and will can change his world. But there is such a deep acceptance of consensus reality in many that there is no potential outlet for creative expression in the sense of original creativity, although you may see the creative impulse moving through any entity’s life in a collection of Barbie Dolls arranged just so, or a beautifully decorated Christmas tree, or meals that are prepared with love, or children that are raised with genius.

Many people, left to themselves, will not enter into intellectual creations, shall we say. They will not let go of the box in which their lives are bound, for they feel safe there. Yet, how wonderful it is to be able to step into a theater or a movie house, an opera house, or a place where a ballet is being offered, and to sit in the audience and let the performers take you into the water! They aren’t steering the boat, but they can appreciate the trip. And they know that this delicious dose of mystery and paradox will end, and they will be back safely upon the shores of their island once again. It can be thought of—and this is a shallow statement but helpful, perhaps—as a left brain/right brain difference, saying that the left brain has to do with living on the island and making good use of time within the box, and the right brain then goes begging and does not have its needs fulfilled. It is not exercised. It lies dormant. Art, therefore, can take one out upon the water and lift that dormancy into activity. And suddenly the right brain is working. It feels very good. It makes the attendee or the appreciator of art feel as though he is also creative. It is contagious.

Then Jim asked: “Would you discuss the spiritual principles behind the attraction of art, literature, and theater for non-artists and the population in general from a spiritual perspective, being sensitive to how different types of art may uniquely tweak the creative process? How does art affect us?“ Q’uo began their response by saying all of us are creators, but not all of us are drawn to express our creativity because we are attached to our island of consensus reality, and we want firm ground beneath us and the sky above, and that creative impulse dwells within all of us because it is part of being part of the Creator, and each of us has magical ability and through faith and will we can change our world, but there is such a deep acceptance of consensus reality in many of us that there is no potential outlet for creative expression in the sense of original creativity, although we may see the creative impulse moving through our life in a beautifully decorated Christmas tree, or meals that are prepared with love, or children that are raised with genius. Q’uo went on to say many of us will not enter into intellectual creations, and we will not let go of the box in which our lives are bound, for we feel safe there, yet how wonderful it is for us to be able to step into a theater or an opera house and to sit in the audience and let the performers take us into the water because we aren’t steering the boat, but we can appreciate the trip and know that this dose of mystery and paradox will end, and we will be back safely upon the shores of our island once again, so it can be thought of as a left brain/right brain difference, where the left brain has to do with living on the island and making good use of time within the box, and the right brain goes begging and does not have its needs fulfilled since it is not exercised and lies dormant, but art can take us out upon the water and lift that dormancy into activity, and suddenly the right brain is working and feels good, and it makes us feel as though we are creative because it is contagious. On September 11, 2005, Q’uo mentioned the value of art:

There is a tremendous relief in escaping into the color and tone of music, storytelling or the more stringent disciplines of non-spoken art, where only color, shape and texture can be used to catch those shadows of substantial truth that are unseen within your density.

May we answer you further, my brother?

Jim: Finally, from a spiritual perspective, what is the significance of the rise in interest in creativity in almost every cultural domain?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Perhaps you have heard the expression, “There is something in the air.” “Spring is in the air.” “Christmas is in the air.” At this time, my brother the New Age is in the air. The veil rends. The gateway to intelligent infinity is more easily entered. Vibrations of truth are bombarding planet Earth at this time. Waves and waves of clarity and true perception are interpenetrating with the third-density vibration of consensus reality in a way that cannot be ignored. If an entity is deeply asleep, he may simply feel these waves of energy as experiencing that things are getting more difficult, and he must shut down more and more and focus on just surviving. This is due to the fact that he has not yet welcomed himself, gotten to know himself, come to accept himself, and finally seen the Creator within himself. However, every entity upon planet Earth today is capable of breaking through to a standpoint from which these energies are used in a positive way.

It takes tremendous courage to open up to these crashing waves of perception and say, “I’m in for the ride. I will use this energy to see more deeply into myself, to accept myself more fully, to love myself more dearly, to see the Creator within me, and honor that spark of Godhead.”

These are wondrous times. For your people approach graduation day, shall we say, that point after which each death from life on planet Earth shall be entirely open to the possibility of moving forward into fourth density. And not only is the planet and the solar system as a whole receiving these incredible waves of energy signaling the end of third density and the beginning of the dawning of a new age of fourth density, but also at this time there is tremendous interest in helping those of planet Earth who wish to move forward in a service-to-others manner to succeed. So the inner planes are rich with those who come to experience this time of shift with the incarnate entities of planet Earth. Angelic entities are everywhere. Nature devas and nature spirits are everywhere, all wanting to play, to sing, to dance with you, with each, with all, inviting each to dance this dance into the sun, into the light, into the dawning of the new day.

We, ourselves, are among those who have been drawn to your planet at this time so that we may in our humble and modest way offer ourselves to those who might find our information useful or helpful. You may expect to see more and more of the artistic impulse within the children of your planet as they are born within the very specific confines of entities who shall live a part of their lives in fourth density. They are wired for both third density and fourth density within their DNA. Consequently, they can accept far more creative information. For them the veil is much thinner.

Now Jim asked: “Finally, from a spiritual perspective, what is the significance of the rise in interest in creativity in almost every cultural domain?” Q’uo began by saying perhaps you have heard the expression “Spring is in the air,” and at this time the New Age is in the air as the veil thins, and the gateway to intelligent infinity is more easily entered, and vibrations of truth are bombarding planet Earth at this time, and waves of true perception are interpenetrating with the third-density vibration of consensus reality in a way that cannot be ignored, so if we are asleep, we may feel these waves of energy as our experiencing that things are getting more difficult, and we must shut down more and focus on just surviving, so this is due to the fact that we have not come to accept ourself, and to see the Creator within ourself but every entity upon planet Earth today is capable of breaking through to a standpoint from which these energies are used in a positive way, but it takes courage to open up to these crashing waves of perception and say: “I’m in for the ride. I will use this energy to see more deeply into myself, to accept myself more fully, to love myself more dearly, to see the Creator within me, and honor that spark of Godhead.” Q’uo went on to say these are wondrous times, for our people approach graduation day, that point after which each death from life on planet Earth shall be entirely open to the possibility of moving forward into fourth density, and not only is the planet and the solar system as a whole receiving these incredible waves of energy signaling the end of third density and the beginning of the dawning of a new age of fourth density, but also at this time there is interest in helping those of us on planet Earth who wish to move forward in a service-to-others manner to succeed: “so the inner planes are rich with those who come to experience this time of shift with the incarnate entities of planet Earth, and angelic entities are everywhere, and nature devas and nature spirits are everywhere, all wanting to play, to sing, to dance with you, with each, with all, inviting each to dance this dance into the sun, into the light, into the dawning of the new day.” Now Q’uo said we are among those who have been drawn to your planet at this time so that we can offer ourselves to those who might find our information helpful, and you may expect to see more of the artistic impulse within the children of your planet as they are born within the specific confines of entities who shall live a part of their lives in fourth density because they are wired for both third density and fourth density within their DNA, so they can accept more creative information, for them the veil is much thinner. On September 7, 2007, Q’uo spoke of the entities that are wired for both third and fourth density work:

The one known as D has moved gradually into more and more of the desire to engage with the planet directly. And may we say, my brother, that you are absolutely on course in your spiritual seeking as you respond to your heart’s call to become ever closer to the energies of Gaia and all of the spirit-filled energies of second-density plants, animals and first-density air, fire, water and earth.

The overarching principle here is that all is one. However, there is a particular reason that you have chosen at this time to move into a closer relationship with the Earth itself, and it has to do not only with your incarnational lessons and service, but also with the one known as N’s and to a certain extent the one known as M as well.

The Indigo agenda generally has a large area of concern for the planet itself. This is due to the fact that these entities are natives of this planet, having just graduated from third-density Earth. They have graduated to fourth-density positive and have immediately chosen to return to the Earth sphere in a dual-activated third and fourth-density body. Their physical body is third density, but they’re wired, shall we say, to be able to absorb fourth-density vibrations of love and understanding in a far less distorted way than those with only the third-density wiring or DNA.

They, and all of those who have come to this planet from elsewhere, from planets that have destroyed their habitat or who come from Atlantis, where they destroyed their habitat, have a great desire to offer to the Earth restitution and stewardship that is based on love and protection rather than on the desire to rape the Earth for its resources.

At this time we would ask if there are any follow-up queries to this initial series of questions? Is there another query from the one known as A? We are the ones known as Q’uo.

A: Yes, Q’uo. Would you discuss the relationship between empathy and the creative process?

We are aware of your query, my brother. There is a profound difference between empathy or the ability to feel fellow-feeling for another entity and the individual creative process. You might see it as the difference between a horizontal action and a vertical action. When an entity is so open-hearted that he is able to put himself into another’s shoes and to walk a mile in his shoes, he has indeed performed a creative act. He has accepted his brother as himself. He has taken on his burdens. He has experienced that which he could never experience within his own individual life. This indicates a magical and loving personality with a spiritual maturity that is unique to those who have awakened and who have become able to be magical people. Yet that exchange of energy in empathy is horizontal. It is from person to person. Each of the two offers the dynamic of the Creator between them.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

However, the Creator is not something for which the empathic person is reaching. Empathy is person-to-person, eye-to-eye, and heart-to-heart. In the creative process of an artist who is working with his imagination, there is a vertical energy where the artist is opening to higher energies, higher perceptions, and transformative and magical nuances that he senses and then goes hunting for, just as we said, like a treasure hunt. This is a vertical energy. It is that which moves one very decisively out of the box of consensus reality and into that awareness that the ground upon which you stand is merely an illusion and that in truth, there is infinity below and infinity above and eternity on both sides.

A asked: “Would you discuss the relationship between empathy and the creative process?” Q’uo replied by saying there is a difference between empathy and the individual creative process, and it is the difference between a horizontal action and a vertical action because when an entity is so open-hearted that he is able walk a mile in another’s shoes, he has accepted his brother as himself; he has taken on his burdens; and he has experienced that which he could never experience within his own life, and this indicates a loving personality with a spiritual maturity that is unique to those who have awakened and who have become able to be magical people, yet that exchange of energy in empathy is horizontal, from person to person, and each of the two offers the dynamic of the Creator between them. Then Q’uo said the Creator is not something for which the empathic person is reaching since empathy is heart-to-heart and person-to-person, and in the creative process of an artist who is working with his imagination, there is a vertical energy where the artist is opening to transformative and magical nuances that he senses and then goes hunting for like a treasure hunt, and this is a vertical energy which moves one very decisively out of the box of consensus reality and into that awareness that the ground upon which you stand is an illusion and that in truth, there is infinity below and infinity above and infinity on both sides. On September 28, 2019, Q’uo described the quality of empathy and what it means to us.

As you know, the purpose of this experience which each of you shares upon your Planet Earth is to begin to open your heart energy center in unconditional Love for all those about you, for this is a choice which is available within your third-density illusion that can become transformative. For each seeker of truth that earnestly desires to begin this opening process, it is the desire and its strength that begins to prepare each seeking soul for this transformation, that which you call empathy, or the ability to feel what another person feels clearly and profoundly within your own being. This is the beginning of the opening of the green ray or heart energy center. The empathy that is becoming a stepping stone, shall we say, to the open heart is the product of the times in which you live, the frequency of vibrations of your very planetary sphere that is finding itself engulfed in more and more streamings from the cosmic sources beyond your planet that signal the transition period of your planet in its population into a higher vibration.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

A: Yes, Q’uo, you mentioned that [inaudible]

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. An artist’s sense of esthetics is as unique as his personality. An artist tends to create from perceptions that make something new of the familiar and take that which is known into places where it becomes something unknown. This instrument, to give one example, has recently seen the work of an artist who takes everyday objects such as plastic water bottles and creates photographs that have a surface beauty to them but which also have the deepest expression of concern for planet Earth. “Look at all these water bottles,” the artist says with his photo. “Look at this sea of water bottles that we, as a nation, have used and discarded in just one day.” A vast sea of transparent bottles fills the picture frame to frame, and beneath the undulating waves of crystalline beauty there lies the message.

To move further back for another example, in a time of horror and war, the one known as Brueghel  painted what he saw and to this day entities are able to look at that painting and have an immediate insight into the nature of human suffering. It is not that dark things, in and of themselves, are beautiful, any more than it is that positive or light things are in and of themselves beautiful. It is the perception that the flat postcard of vision can explode into an infinity of concepts that drives beauty.

May we answer you further, my brother?

A: [Inaudible]

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We believe you are already aware that this is part of your active, personal process at this time. We would not wish to do your work for you. For there is great joy and discovery awaiting you as you move through your process on your own. We can only say to you that your efforts are positive and loving, and we wish you every good fortune with them.

Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: In looking at the nature of negative polarity and karma, there is the assumption that when one polarizes in the negative sense, for example, as a slave master, then the karma would draw to him the opposite experience of being the slave. When you are in the position of one who suffers and is on the receiving end, will you still polarize in a negative way?“ Could you comment on this question?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It is entirely possible and quite probable that an entity, as you say, on the receiving end of power; that is, being powerless, can polarize very greatly towards the negative. If you think about the nature of the negative polarity, the negative polarity has to do with seeing all others as objects to be used and to feeling of oneself that one is the king of creation. When such an entity, with this basic turn of mind, is in a position of powerlessness, he is free to spend the entire incarnation honing the edge of his rage. He can use every slight, every insult, in order to make himself more finely sharp as an axe-blade in his distain and distaste for all but himself.

And talking of negative polarity metaphysically speaking, you are not looking so much at the outer estate as you are looking at the possibilities of employing the path-that-is-not. Employing the path-that-is-not means denying that you and the other are one. Whether a negatively polarized entity is on top or on the bottom in terms of the estate he enjoys in society, he is equally capable of honing the edge of his anger and his separation from all others.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware that the energy of this instrument is waning. We would at this time, therefore, with great reluctance say, as did Romeo, “Parting is such sweet sorrow.” We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I ran some errands with my first stop being at AutoZone to buy some 50:1 2-cycle engine oil. Then I stopped at Speedway to fill my 5-gal. gas can with regular gasoline for my lawnmower, Venus. My third stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I bought some Tylenol and picked up a prescription of Atorvastatin. My last stop was at Theinemman’s Nursery to buy five different kind of sun-loving flowers that included Lantana, but the other flowers didn’t have names on their tags. When I got home I put the flowers on the Ruins Mound to plant later. Then I used my trimmer to trim the weeds in the Moss Garden in the back yard. Then I used my backpack blower to blow the weed trimmings into the grass across Little Locust Creek.

This afternoon I went outside and transplanted three of the flowers that I bought this morning on the southeast corner of the Ruins Mound. One was Lantana, one was Hot Pink Salvia, and the other one didn’t have a name tag. Then I watered them with fertilized water and sprayed them with deer repellant.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 28

Praise And Thanksgiving In Your Heart

I am of the spirit of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

Take this moment to become more and more in touch with that feeling of praise and thanksgiving that is in your heart this day. The trees praise the Lord. The hills and valleys rejoice. And the burgeoning flowers move through the earth to the sun in bursts of pleasure and chanting of happiness to the winds.

It may seem that there are obstacles to your joy and that the world is not one which you would praise. Yet gaze you at your own hands and at the mind of the Father which created such tools.

Gaze at the incessantly changing colors of your thoughts and behold the beauty of the creation of the Father.

Look at those who have served you and those whom you have served, those who have displeased you and those whom you have displeased, and praise the Father Who gives you freedom to make your own decisions about His creation; Who urges you to pick and choose, to think and select and grow.

The more your heart may stand in the light of faith, praising and giving thanksgiving, the more yet again shall the Spirit find this opportunity to be granted unto you in happy harvest.

The first word of praise in any day is an act of blind faith and brings the heart into peaceful concert with the harmonious plan of the Father.

May you choose to dwell in that peace, now and forever. Amen

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

---

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from March 29, 2008:

Question from G: In the meditative state, if an entity concentrated upon sending instructions for desired programming to the subconscious or deeper self, would the deeper self respond in accordance to those instructions? For instance, would the self’s perception of self begin to be transformed if an entity, through concentration in a meditative state, told the self over and over, “I desire to see through the eyes of love”? What kind of power to effect changes do repeated affirmations have? How can one increase the effectiveness of the mantra?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings, my friends, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is our pleasure and our privilege to be called to your session of working, and we thank you for including us in your circle of seeking. We too seek the truth, and we are honored to be asked to share our thoughts with you on the subject of affirmations, mantras, and working with the self at that limen between the subconscious and the conscious levels.

There are various aspects to this query which shall cause the flow of our response to be shaped. Our first focus would be upon the query concerning the use of affirmations while in a meditative and concentrated state. We would simply suggest that it is well to untangle the use of affirmations in a concentrated state from the practice of meditation. The practice of meditation is a practice of silence. The times of visualization, affirmation, and other work in consciousness, while equally valuable and worthy of doing, are not the same in terms of that which is required and that which is a good resource for that activity as meditation. So let us simply, briefly state that it is well to retain times within each day when one practices the presence of the one infinite Creator, not by thought, by affirmation, or by any other aspect of the conscious human mind, but by listening to that silence which is pregnant with the one infinite Creator’s presence and truth.

It is a temptation to add more into a meditation in order to create desired changes within the self by purposefully and consciously making adjustments. However, while this method of working is certainly useful, we would suggest that it is best done after a meditation or separately from a meditation. This will allow you as a seeker to keep firm those channels of unknowing which aid greatly in maintaining the focus of the mind upon that silence which is so full of information to the subconscious mind.The questioner’s concept of focusing the mind and creating affirmations is excellent. This is work well done, for the personality is, far more than most entities realize, a creature made up of habits, inertia and half-considered ways of doing things that have remained the same for a long time. It is, in fact, a loosely cobbled together structure which houses and is intended to protect the sensitive soul within the personality shell. It is indeed pliable and malleable, and suggestions are helpful.

There is in this instrument’s memory of the work of entities who have created The Psychology of Perception and the Biology of Change, a video which this instrument has greatly enjoyed, and we would like to use this instrument’s awareness of this carefully judged body of information in saying that, for the seeker who wishes to discover in a very systematic way those habits of thought which have been least helpful, the procedures of these particular practitioners, who use the powers of suggestion and intuition and make use of the muscle-testing technique can, within a short period of time for those who wish to move through the material in this video, create the opportunity for a seeker to become aware of the statements which he may be making about himself which are not helpful in terms of his spiritual evolution.

The question from G: “In the meditative state, if an entity concentrated upon sending instructions for desired programming to the subconscious or deeper self, would the deeper self respond in accordance to those instructions?” Q’uo began by saying our first focus would be upon the query concerning the use of affirmations while in a meditative state, and we would suggest that it is well to untangle the use of affirmations in a concentrated state from the practice of meditation because the practice of meditation is a practice of silence, but affirmation while equally valuable and worthy of doing, is not the same in terms of that which is a good resource as meditation, so let us state that it is well to retain times within each day when one practices the presence of the one infinite Creator, not by affirmation, but by listening to that silence which is pregnant with the one infinite Creator’s presence and truth. Q’uo continued by saying it is a temptation to add more into a meditation in order to create desired changes within ourself by consciously making adjustments, but while this method of working is useful, Q’uo suggested that it is best done separately from a meditation since this will allow us to keep firm those channels of unknowing which aid in maintaining the focus of our mind upon that silence which is full of information for our subconscious mind, and the concept of focusing our mind and creating affirmations is excellent because this is work well done, for our personality is a creature made up of habits that have remained the same for a long time, and it is a loosely cobbled together structure which is intended to protect our sensitive soul within our personality shell, and it is pliable and suggestions are helpful. Then Q’uo said there is in Carla’s memory of the work of entities who have created The Psychology of Perception and the Biology of Change, a video which she has greatly enjoyed, and Q’uo would like to use her awareness of this body of information in saying that, for the seeker who wishes to discover in a systematic way those habits of thought which have been least helpful, the procedures of these particular practitioners, who use the powers of suggestion and intuition and make use of the muscle-testing technique can, within a short period of time for those of us who wish to move through the material in this video, create the opportunity for us to become aware of the statements which we may be making about ourself which are not helpful in terms of our spiritual evolution. On September 13, 1991, Hatonn spoke of how we can increase our spiritual evolution:

May we only suggest that in any seeking which you may undertake, if you should wish to evaluate its effectiveness as regards your own spiritual evolution, you may simply ask yourself the question, “How may I serve others through this activity?” If you can find ways to share the Love of the Creator with those brothers and sisters who are one with you upon this planet, then you have done that which is of great value, and you have accomplished a feat that few upon your planet can name as their own.

We offer this information not in order to encourage the seeker necessarily to seek in this wise. This area or avenue of investigation is helpful for the seeker who believes that he may well have in his background thoughts that are toxic to him. It is not specifically a spiritual exercise, nor do the results of this particular investigative direction yield specifically spiritual results. However, because this instrument has moved through the work needed to experience the benefits of this particular avenue of investigation there is that awareness within this instrument that this is helpful to some. In a way it is a clearing away of old material so that a more specifically spiritual avenue of investigation can be opened. That being said, we would now like to focus on the concept of affirmations.

We would suggest that affirmations such as the questioner offered are indeed powerful to work with in the subconscious mind. The will of the seeker is carefully focused. The mantra or affirmation or statement itself has been very carefully prepared. The seeker therefore feels that he may trust this affirmation with the whole of his will. He may place the entire burden of his desire upon the realization of the truth of this statement. There are two particularly good times in which to do this work which occur naturally twice at least during each diurnal period. Those are the moments after one awakens and the moments before one goes to sleep. In this hypnogogic  state, your mind is fully collected. It is about to move across that limen of which we spoke earlier, that threshold of consciousness, and enter into the precincts of sleep. Or, it is just arising from sleep, with its mind ready to focus upon the new day but not yet full of content.

During this state in both morning and evening, the repetition of such a statement will be quite effective, for it will penetrate immediately into the subconscious without resistance. If on the other hand, the questioner would desire to set aside a specific time during the day’s schedule for this work, it might be recommended that a period of meditation be followed by the conscious gathering of the forces of self and the repetition of the statement that the seeker desires itself to hear. We would note that the use of the voice in saying the statements out loud is helpful in terms of creating the maximum impression of the self upon the self using this technique. If a thought remains within the mind, it has its natural limits of power and is of a certain kind. It is a thought form. If the same thought is spoken out loud, and breath has been expended in the saying, it has become sacred. It is not simply a thought form. In the expenditure of breath, it is a living thing, and the entire effect is greatly enhanced, in that the seeker hears himself.

Then Q’uo said we offer this information because this area of investigation is helpful for the seeker who believes that he may have thoughts that are toxic to him, but it is not a spiritual exercise, nor do the results of this area of investigation yield spiritual results, but because Carla has moved through the work needed to experience the benefits of this avenue of investigation there is awareness within her that this is helpful to some, and it is a clearing away of old material so that a more spiritual avenue of investigation can be opened, so we would now like to focus on the concept of affirmations. Now Q’uo said that affirmations are powerful to work with in the subconscious mind, and if the will of the seeker is carefully focused, and the affirmation has been carefully prepared, and if the seeker feels that he may trust this affirmation with the whole of his will, he may place the burden of his desire upon the realization of the truth of this statement, so there are two good times in which to do this work which occur naturally twice during each day which are the moments after one awakens and the moments before one goes to sleep, so in this hypnogogic state your mind is fully collected, and it is about to move across threshold of consciousness and enter into the precincts of sleep, or it is just arising from sleep, with the mind ready to focus upon the new day but not yet full of content. Q’uo went on to say during this state in both morning and evening, the repetition of such a statement will be effective, for it will penetrate into the subconscious without resistance, but if the questioner would desire to set aside a time during the day’s schedule for this work, it might be recommended that a period of meditation be followed by the gathering of the forces of the self and the repetition of the statement that the seeker desires to hear, and we would note that the use of the voice in saying the statements out loud is helpful in terms of creating the maximum impression of the self upon the self using this technique, and if a thought remains within the mind, it has natural limits of power and is a thought form, so if the same thought is spoken out loud it has become sacred, and it is not simply a thought form because in the expenditure of breath, it is a living thing, and the effect is greatly enhanced in that the seeker hears himself. On November 16, 2003, Q’uo spoke of how we can most effectively use affirmations:

In the case of making affirmations, the disciplined soul may well be able to make affirmations within the mind without writing them down and having them become “real” things; such is the power of the disciplined personality. However, for the soul who is attempting to become more disciplined, it is well to marry, again to use that simile, the inner intention with the outer fact, to make from the inner dream the outer reality. The act of writing on paper or speaking into the ether where sound may be heard is the act of putting inner vibration into the outer vibration and blending, or marrying, the two. You are aware, my sister, of the old adage, “As above, so below.” The idea of externalizing these affirmations is the idea of bringing them into reality. It is an interesting thing that it is easier to believe in the self when one can see the words that one has written and when one can repeat them and hear the sound.

Indeed, tangentially, we would note that there are many times when it is helpful for seekers to speak out loud to themselves, talking to themselves out loud about their considerations. For in developing the sentences that are spoken aloud, the seeker is able to break the cycles of repetition that occur within the mind when it is thinking to itself. And then the seeker “hears” what he is thinking in a different way. The questioner, in attempting to create changes in his consciousness by the use of his will, is developing his magical personality. Therefore, we would suggest a certain amount of protocol having to do with these periods of affirmation or statement. That is, at the beginning of this period of affirmation or statement, the collected and fully conscious seeker takes upon himself his magical personality. If he wishes, he may invoke it without words. He may make a gesture which indicates to himself that he has taken on his magical personality. Or he may wear a ring or some other form of adornment to the body which is only worn during this particular ritual.

When invoking the magical personality polarity is, of course, all-important. That polarity may be protected by the simple statement: “I desire to know in order to serve.” Positive magical workings always have to do with service to the one infinite Creator and, by reflection, to the world and to the self. There is nothing of the worldly self involved in the desires of the magical personality. Consequently, this taking on, in a ritualistic fashion, of this personality creates a cleanliness and purity to the working which it would not otherwise have. At the end of the working, then, the ring or other adornment may be removed, another gesture may be made, or another visualization may be made.

This particular instrument uses the visualization of putting on the magical robes, and of taking them off after the working. When this instrument prepares for channeling, however, the protocol is different. She calls the archangels and asks them to place her on limitless white Light to breathe. At that time, she asks the archangels to remove the limitless white Light when she is through channeling and place her back on ordinary, everyday air. In this way she protects her magical personality from attempting to maintain its purity when the personality shell has once again taken the stage and life is going on in its usual fashion.

Now Q’uo said they would note that there are times when it is helpful for seekers to speak out loud about our considerations, for in developing the sentences that are spoken aloud, we are able to break the cycles of repetition that occur within the mind when it is thinking to itself, and we “hear” what we are thinking in a different way, and in attempting to create changes in our consciousness by the use of our will we are developing our magical personality, so Q’uo suggested a certain amount of protocol having to do with these periods of affirmation, and that is at the beginning of this period of affirmation we take upon ourself the magical personality, and if we wish, we may invoke it without words by making a gesture which indicates that we have taken on our magical personality, or we may wear a ring or some other form of decoration for the body which is only worn during this ritual. Q’uo went on to say when invoking the magical personality polarity is important, and that polarity may be protected by the simple statement: “I desire to know in order to serve,” as positive magical workings always have to do with service to the one infinite Creator, to the world, and to ourself, but there is nothing of our worldly self involved in the desires of the magical personality, so this taking on, in a ritualistic fashion, of this personality creates a purity to the working which it would not otherwise have, and at the end of the working the ring or other item may be removed, another gesture may be made, or another visualization may be made. Then Q’uo said Carla uses the visualization of putting on the magical robes, and of taking them off after the working, and when she prepares for channeling the protocol is different, so she calls the archangels and asks them to place her on limitless white Light to breathe, and at that time she asks the archangels to remove the limitless white Light when she is through channeling and to place her back on everyday air, and in this way she protects her magical personality from attempting to maintain its purity when the personality shell has once again taken the stage, and life is going on in its usual fashion. In 75.32, Ra defined the magical personality:

Questioner: The three aspects of the magical personality are stated to be power, love, and wisdom. Is this correct, and are these the only primary aspects of the magical personality?

I am Ra. The three aspects of the magical personality—power, love, and wisdom—are so called in order that attention be paid to each aspect in developing the basic tool of the adept: that is, its self.

It is by no means a personality of three aspects. It is a being of unity, being of sixth density, and equivalent to what you call your higher self and, at the same time, is a personality enormously rich in variety of experience and subtlety of emotion.

The three aspects are given that the neophyte not abuse the tools of its trade but, rather, approach those tools balanced in the center of love and wisdom and thus seeking power in order to serve.

The magical personality is not a mysterious entity. It is yourself at a different stage of your development. We have called it the higher self. It is your highest and best self. It is a completely magical, focused, sacred being. It is your gift to yourself from mid-sixth density across all the reaches of infinite space/time and time/space. Your higher self, or magical personality, offers to you the entire array of resources which its vast experience has gathered. You and your higher self or magical personality created the plan for this incarnation. And your higher self or magical personality is, at all times, as close as your breathing. The use, in a conscious fashion, of the magical personality is extremely powerful. Therefore, it is well to work carefully and lovingly with these energies as you begin to create the changes in consciousness that you wish to create within yourself. As you seek, the question arises: what do I seek? That which you seek is ever and always a part of yourself, a deeper, more fundamental, more true part of yourself.

Weoffer a very simple philosophy in saying all things are one. Yes, that statement has implications, and those implications echo and resonate through level after level of awareness. That which you seek, that which all seekers seek is a truer, deeper awareness of the self, of the Creator, of the creation about one. So that use of affirmation or statement in a repetitive, persistent manner is extremely positive in use and well done. Care and deep love need to go into the creation of the statement or affirmation, the creation of the ritual that surrounds the use of that affirmation, and the choice of how to place this beautiful magical ritual within the coils of the day.

Q’uo went on to say the magical personality is not a mysterious entity since it is ourself at a different stage of our development, and Q’uo has called it the higher self, and it is a magical and sacred being that is our gift to ourself from mid-sixth density across the reaches of infinite space/time and time/space, and our higher self offers us the resources which its vast experience has gathered, so we and our higher self created the plan for this incarnation, and our higher self is as close as our breathing, and the use of the magical personality, or higher self, is extremely powerful, so it is well to work lovingly with these energies as we begin to create the changes in consciousness that we wish to create within ourself, and as we seek that which we seek is always a deeper and true part of ourself. Then Q’uo said they offer a simple philosophy in saying all things are one, and that statement has implications that resonate through level after level of awareness, so that which we and all seekers seek is a deeper awareness of ourself, of the Creator, and of the creation about us, so that use of an affirmation in a repetitive manner is positive in use and well done, and care and deep love need to go into the creation of the affirmation, the creation of the ritual that surrounds the use of that affirmation, and the choice of how to place this magical ritual within the coils of the day. In 36.7, Ra described the nature of our higher self:

Questioner: In that case my higher self would, shall we say, have a very large advantage in knowing precisely what was needed since it would know what… as far as I am concerned, what was going to happen. Is this correct?

I am Ra. This is incorrect, in that this would be an abrogation of free will. The higher self aspect is aware of the lessons learned through the sixth density. The progress rate is fairly well understood. The choices which must be made to achieve the higher self as it is are in the provenance of the mind/body/spirit complex itself.

Thus the higher self is like the map in which the destination is known; the roads are very well known, these roads being designed by intelligent infinity working through intelligent energy. However, the higher self aspect can program only for the lessons and certain predisposing limitations if it wishes. The remainder is completely the free choice of each entity. There is the perfect balance between the known and the unknown.

Anearlier query by the questioner to this instrument provoked in our response a discussion of the nature of sound and the use of the voice. And in answering the latter part of your query, my brother, we would focus upon that topic once again. Mantras are extremely powerful, as you have already discovered. Like the affirmative statements, they must be well chosen, for they bore deeply within the mind. When appropriately chosen and full of truth for that seeker, the use of the mantra shall indeed create an immediate change in the vibratory level of the seeker. It is a change in vibration which is not specific. It is a change in vibration which goes to the deepest roots of consciousness. For in the deepest roots of consciousness, the name of every seeker is the one infinite Creator. Whatever God-name that a mantra contains is the deepest, truest name of the self. You are calling to your self across the aeons of timelessness and time, spacelessness and space, moving to that one point where you and the Creator are one. This is meat, as the one known as Jesus the Christ says, of which the world knows not. This is drink, after which the seeker shall never thirst.

Working with mantras is working with the archetypal mind. In a way, this is also a magical working. However, because of the fact that it is without form, not being a statement but a name or principle, there is a safety involved in that the mind cannot do anything with that word, or God-name, or naked principle which is the mantra. And so, it lets it go down immediately into the subconscious mind. As with all magical rituals, repetition is a key to the effectiveness and the power of the ritual. That change in consciousness which is sought becomes more and more easily, even effortlessly, achieved as the habit deepens of using this mantra. It is, as the questioner said in the round-robin discussion before this channeling began, a most effective way of smoothing out the bumps in the personality shell. It brings one to a world where suffering and catalyst, light and dark, day and night are subsumed into a sacred space where all is one and all is well. This being the deeper truth, it informs the lesser truth, so the life is transformed in a way which cannot be explained intellectually but which nevertheless is very effective.

Now Q’uo said an earlier query by the questioner to Carla provoked in their response a discussion of the nature of sound and the use of the voice, and they wanted to focus upon that topic once again, and they said that mantras are powerful as we have discovered, and like affirmative statements, they must be well chosen, for they bore deeply within our mind, and when appropriately chosen and full of truth for us, the use of the mantra shall create an immediate change in our vibratory level, and it is a change in vibration which goes to the deepest roots of consciousness where the name of every seeker is the one infinite Creator, and whatever God-name that a mantra contains is the deepest and truest name of ourself, so we are calling to ourself across the aeons of timelessness and time, spacelessness and space, moving to that one point where we and the Creator are one, and this is meat, as the one known as Jesus the Christ says, of which the world knows not, and this is drink, after which we shall never thirst. Q’uo  completed their reply by saying that working with mantras is working with the archetypal mind, and this is also a magical working,  but because of the fact that it is without form–not being a statement but a principle–there is safety involved in that our mind cannot do anything with that word which is the mantra, and it lets it go down into the subconscious mind, and as with all magical rituals, repetition is a key to the effectiveness and the power of the ritual, so that change in consciousness which is sought becomes effortlessly achieved as the habit deepens of using this mantra, and it is an effective way of smoothing out the bumps in the personality shell, and it brings us to a world where suffering, light, and dark are absorbed into a sacred space where all is one, and all is well, and since it is the deeper truth, it informs the lesser truth, so our life is transformed in a way which cannot be explained intellectually but which nevertheless is very effective. On April 12, 2008, Q’uo described the value of using a mantra:

Placing something positive for the mind to use as a focus is sometimes very helpful to the meditator. That something may be as simple as seeing your breath move into your body and move out of your body, seeing it move into your body with white light, bringing you new energy, and seeing it move out of your body, blowing away all that is used up and unneeded from your energy field.

The mantra is very useful in this regard for many. Whether it is the name of the Creator or any meaningful phrase, the constant repetition of this God-name or phrase replaces the thoughts that arise and fall away, arise and fall away. You are directing your intention. You are directing your attention. Intention becomes attention and attention becomes bliss.

We thank the one known as G for this query and would ask at this time if there is a follow-up to this question. We are those of Q’uo.

G: Q’uo, thank you. There is no follow-up to this question.

We are those of Q’uo, and therefore we would open this session to other questions. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Q’uo, I have one. Is the achievement of what we call enlightenment something that is planned pre-incarnationally, or can the entity, with sufficient will and without such a pre-incarnational program, achieve the experience of enlightenment within the incarnation?

Weare those of Q’uo, and aware of your query, my brother. In our estimation, there is not the pre-incarnative planning for enlightenment, realization, or satori. The pre-incarnative planning focuses on that which shall be sought within the incarnation and those supporting resources needed for the journey of seeking. The pre-incarnative planning includes your relationships, your gifts, your limitations, and what you see as your faults and lacks. From an enormous selection of things that you have been and things that you have done in previous incarnations, you choose for your palette the colors which will paint this lifetime in the most beautiful and useful way. You wish to have a beautiful incarnation in that you wish to create a sacred journey, a journey which partakes of beauty—ethical beauty, physical beauty, mental, and emotional beauty, awareness of beauty. You plan these things for yourself. You wish to be useful, and so you choose for yourself ways in which you may serve, either by being or by doing. And because you also wish to evolve, you plan for yourself incarnational lessons that come up again and again, so that you may practice.

Generally, in an incarnation entities are looking to balance love with wisdom, wisdom with power, or some variety of two or three of those three aspects of the Godhead principle: love, light and power. Realization, on the other hand, is that moment out of time, or more accurately, in time/space, when an entity is able to realize and therefore move all of himself through the gateway to intelligent infinity so that he, in the most holistic sense, may be inspirited by or be filled with the truth. There are those who have moments of such realization, and yet those moments pass. And there are those who enter that gateway of intelligent infinity never to return, in the sense that the impact of perfection is so powerful that a choice is made to live the life in this awareness even though, shall we say, the wiring of an entity living at this level of energy will burn out the physical body. It is not the goal of the higher self or the self outside incarnation to achieve realization.

That is an object of desire which is chosen by those within incarnation and within that veil of forgetting which prevents them from knowing that all is truly one. In terms of your soul-self, shall we say, or the self outside of incarnation, you see the incarnative period as a period of work; work on your balance and work to the service of the one infinite Creator. Outside of the veil, things look different enough that realization seems like the steady state and the incarnation is that wonderful time of unknowing when the entity sets about on the journey of faith.

G’s next question was: “Is the achievement of what we call enlightenment something that is planned pre-incarnationally, or can the entity, with sufficient will and without such a pre-incarnational program, achieve the experience of enlightenment within the incarnation?” Q’uo began by saying in their estimation, there is not pre-incarnative planning for enlightenment because pre-incarnative planning focuses on that which we shall seek within the incarnation and those resources needed for the journey of seeking, so the pre-incarnative planning includes our relationships, our gifts, and what we see as our faults, and from things that we have been and have done in previous incarnations, we choose for our palette the colors which we will paint this lifetime in the most useful way because we wish to have a beautiful incarnation where we create a sacred journey which partakes of spiritual beauty, and we plan this for ourself, and we wish to be useful, so we choose ways in which we may serve, either by being or by doing, and because we wish to evolve, we plan incarnational lessons that come up again and again. Q’uo continued by saying in an incarnation we are looking to balance love with wisdom, wisdom with power, or some variety of two or three of those three aspects of the Godhead principle, but realization is that moment in time/space when we are able to realize and move all of ourself through the gateway to intelligent infinity, so that we, in the most holistic sense, may be filled with the truth, and there are those of us who have moments of such realization, and yet those moments pass, and there are those of us who enter the gateway of intelligent infinity never to return, in the sense that the impact of perfection is so powerful that a choice is made to live our life in this awareness even though our wiring living at this level of energy will burn out the physical body, so it is not the goal of our higher self outside incarnation to achieve realization. Q’uo completed their reply by saying it is an object of desire which is chosen by those of us within incarnation and within that veil of forgetting which prevents us from knowing that all is truly one, and in terms of our soul-self, we see the incarnative period as a period of work on our balance and work to the service of the one infinite Creator, so outside of the veil things look different enough that realization seems like the steady state, and our incarnation is that time of unknowing when we set out on the journey of faith. On April 12, 2002, Q’uo described the journey of faith that we all are walking:

Indeed, we feel that you have mentioned those qualities which are central to any seeker’s journey and to the road into the fourth density, as it has been called this day. For, in truth, the faith which each seeker expresses as further steps are taken upon the journey of seeking is matched by the will which each seeker also expresses as the perseverance is called upon to continue the journey of faith. Indeed, these two are the rod and the staff which bring great comfort to the seeker as it moves through what your holy works has called the Valley of the Shadow of Death. For upon this journey there are many tests, the ordeals by which the seeker’s desire to continue is burnished, is tempered, is made stronger by the testing. And as one exercises the faith that there is a journey to make, and a goal to reach, and a grail from which to drink, then it must be matched by the will to continue and to pass these tests that the daily round of activates will bring to each. For it is by such testing that one is able to measure the mettle. It is by this testing, that which seems to be negative at first glance, that you are able to build the metaphysical muscles, shall we say. It is such exercise of faith and will that makes you stronger as metaphysical beings. It is your intentions, your desires, that have strength, that have power, in the spiritual world, for there, thoughts are things, and it is by the way you think, the attitude that is your fingerprint in the metaphysical sense that you are able to do work in consciousness, that you are able to change consciousness in the magical sense, that you are able to access deeper portions of the subconscious mind and to bring them forth into consciousness that they there might find a room and a reach into which they might have effect in your daily life. And that, indeed, you begin to change yourself as you continue this journey, a continual movement from one image of yourself to another so that you are a new and risen being moving into the fourth density of love and compassion.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: You mentioned the balance between love, wisdom and power. I would like to request what you mean by the use of power—by the word power, that is.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. You have heard us greet you and say goodbye to you in love and in light many, many times. We do not so often speak of power. Power is an aspect of both love and wisdom, yet power is also a thing in and of itself. When you wish to focus your attention, your will, or your desire, you are using that power that fuels your attention, your will, and your desire. Physical power is easy to see, and often entities who are metaphysically powerful are also physically powerful. However, the power of which we speak when we speak of balancing love, wisdom, and power is the metaphysical power of your will. The focusing of your will is the magical act that creates a change in consciousness for you.

Now, consider how easily an entity who is greatly loving and has a strong will may make numerous and unwise choices for himself and others because there has been an unwise use of power. Perhaps there was great love in a situation and consequently the seeker decides to affect the situation, but does not discover all the parameters of the situation. For instance, say, a daughter has an elderly parent. Say that this elderly parent is full of years, full of illness, and ready to let the body fall away. The parent is ready to enter the gates of larger life and so heal himself through to a new environment. He is desirous of moving on. And yet, say, this daughter is absolutely certain that the best way to express her love is to keep this entity alive. The unwise use of her will may well keep the entity alive. Yet it cannot be said to be an action that partakes of true compassion or wisdom. Similarly, a wise entity may easily focus his attention or his will on creating things, making things happen in the physical illusion. Yet he may not have been full enough of compassion to know the just use of his wisdom. In such ways, your lawgivers have sometimes created laws that limit rather than promote fairness.

These are only two examples. May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: First, thank you so much for speaking through example. I love seeing a principle illustrated in a particular circumstance. It helps me to grasp it so much more easily. I don’t form my thoughts well without being able to write them down, but the thoughts that I have formed go like this. Based on what I understood you to have said, I would equate will with the capacity to sustain focus and put into action that which one desires, whether internally or externally. And I would see love and wisdom informing the will and equating power with the capacity to sustain and carry out action and seeing that power informed by love and wisdom. Does that make sense?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your statement my brother, and indeed it does make sense, your dangling marsupials, as the one known as Don would say, notwithstanding. You have the basic gist of that which we are trying to express. There is an infinite variety of ways to talk about selfhood. When one talks of Love and Light one is grasping two fundamental principles of that in which unity consists: the original Thought and the manifestation of that Thought. Yet there is power in every atom, in every cell of your body, and in every engram  of your emotions.

There is power in every word you think. So, in addition to concerns of learning to be more loving and learning to be more wise there is a concern, as one becomes more powerful, to use that power wisely and compassionately. So, there is a tripod of love, wisdom, and power. And there is a just balance for each entity between those three. It is a consideration that goes into each entity’s plan for incarnation.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No, Q’uo. Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. Is there a final query before we leave this instrument? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Q’uo, how would you relate the concepts of faith and power?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Faith is a vibration or energy which is far less distorted from the truth than any other vibration or energy which you as a third density entity are able to realize, express, or manifest. It is deeply connected with the indigo-ray chakra and is also fully conversant with that process of the indigo and violet ray moving through the gateway to intelligent infinity. Power, my brother, can move through any of the chakra energies. And in making one’s life sacred, one discovers the joy of expressing one’s power through the highest possible expression, which is that of faith. An entity which has the faculty of faith well developed is indeed a most powerful beacon. So, we would not equate power with faith, but rather would say that it is a matter of the seeker’s journey to find higher and higher expressions of his will, his power, and his focus.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No. Thank you so much, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. We have greatly enjoyed your queries. At this time we would leave this instrument and this group with great thanks for being called to your session of working. It has been a true pleasure. We are so happy to share our thoughts with you. As always, we suggest that you listen for the path of resonance in all that you hear, whether it is our words or the words of others, taking from us what would be helpful to you and leaving the rest behind. We do thank you for this consideration, as always. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. We leave this instrument and this group in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. We leave you not only in love and light this evening but also in peace and in power. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I transplanted flat and a half of dianthus flowers on the second level of the flower garden in the middle of the Moss Garden in the back yard.

This afternoon I went upstairs and cleaned Benny’s apartment by using the carpet sweeper on the rug in the hall. Then I swept up the kitty litter in her room where she stays in the cat tower with two littler boxes, one on each end of the room. Then I used the dust mop to mop all three rooms. Then, just before I began posting this Camelot Journal, I went into the kitchen to put my potato in the oven for dinner tonight, and when I looked out of the kitchen window at the hummingbird feeder that hangs on the corner of the garage I saw my first hummingbird of the year!

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 27

Love Awaits

I am the principle of the full consciousness of Love. I greet you in the Love of Jesus the Christ.

Love does not often drive out hate, although it can, for Love’s compassion limits the full sway of vengeance.

Hate cannot replace Love though it attempts again and again to make Love its victim.

Thus, the comfort of the consciousness of Love is available to one whether one is in a state of positive or negative emotions. For the dealings of the two polarities are separate, negative polarity being the choice to separate from positive unity.

Therefore, there is never any need to be uncomforted, for we are the principle of Love brought into creation for the benefit of those pilgrims who seek in manifestation. We would not see one soul in pain.

Yet we do not wish to batter down the doors to your hearts, for that is not Love’s way. Rather, we wait. Please ask us into the deepest and darkest of the rooms of your heart, for therein, too, lies comfort for those who seek it from Jesus the Christ.

We leave you in peace, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote comes from March 22, 2008:

The question tonight is: This planet abounds in a multitude of models, paths, and understandings related to the Creator, creation, and the spiritual quest, each susceptible to a wide range of interpretations and most mixed in polarity. There is a vast array of systems of spiritual information that are external to the self, such as the Law of One, Christianity, Buddhism, Hinduism, and New Age thought, to name a few, that are printed or communicated in some fashion to the self. In general, what is the ideal relationship between the seeker of truth and information regarding truth which comes from outside the self? How does a seeker situate this information within the self so that it is transparent to the one true authority within and does not become a stumbling block?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator in whose service we come to you this evening. My friends, it is a great privilege to be asked to join your circle of seeking and we are happy to share our thoughts with you on the subject of the appropriate relationship between the seeker and outward expressions of information and inspiration. As always, we would ask each to use discrimination as you listen to our thoughts. If our thoughts seem helpful to you then by all means work with them, but any thought that does not seem particularly helpful is one which we would ask you to leave behind, for we would not be a stumbling block in your way, or interrupt, or interfere with your process of spiritual evolution. We greatly appreciate your using this discrimination, for it allows us to feel comfortable in sharing our thoughts without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will in any way and we thank you kindly for this consideration.

The question this evening has to do with the proper relationship of the seeker to the various things that he might hear or read coming from all of the different sources which offer philosophical, metaphysical, spiritual or religious systems of thought and, shall we say, systems of proposed belief. You may well guess from what we have just suggested about your using discrimination that we do not feel that it is appropriate for an entity to embrace any system of thought to the extent that the process of seeking the truth stops. The reasons for this are several, and we shall be going in a few different directions as we talk about this interesting subject.

As a basic premise we would state that each of you has what you may loosely call the truth safely preserved and carefully stored within your being. You are a creature which is a part of the Godhead principle and within every cell of your body lies the truth. The creation within you and without you is full of the truth. You dwell within an environment which is inherently and fundamentally instinct with the truth. At the same time, from the very beginning of your incarnation the energies of your culture have been busy instilling within you a series of outer truths of the conventional type; that is, the truths of your culture. You have learned how to think of yourself by listening to parents and teachers who offer you a laundry list of standards to which you may aspire and because of which you may feel normal. We do not deprecate this level of outer truth. Learning the conventions of any society is helpful for one who wishes to move through an incarnation without disturbing the sensibilities of those around him. Yet, these outer conventions of truth do not begin to address the deeper questions of identity, essence and purpose.

The seeker who wishes to move beyond conventions, then, is drawn by those same conventional assumptions to study and read those wise words which have been set down by sages of the past. Again, we do not criticize or demean the study of metaphysics or spiritual subjects—as the questioner has pointed out, there is a vast array of interesting and provocative thought to consider in attempting to move beyond the conventions of work, leisure and family in order to find a deeper purpose, a deeper essence of self, and a deeper knowledge of self-identity. The exercise, shall we say, of considering the thoughts of philosophers and spiritual writers is often quite helpful in bringing the mind into a series of focuses, each of which expand the viewpoint and deepen the feeling of resonance and clarity.

The group question for this session was: “How does a seeker situate this information within the self so that it is transparent to the one true authority within and does not become a stumbling block?” Q’uo began by saying the question this evening has to do with the proper relationship of the seeker to the things that we might hear or read coming from different sources which offer philosophical and spiritual systems of thought and systems of proposed belief, and we guess from what Q’uo has just suggested about our using discrimination that they do not feel that it is appropriate for us to embrace any system of thought to the extent that the process of seeking the truth stops since the reasons for this are several. Q’uo went on to say that each of us has the truth carefully stored within our being as we are a creature which is a part of the Godhead principle, and within every cell of our body lies the truth, so the creation within and without us is full of the truth, and we dwell within an environment which is instinct with the truth, and at the same time, from the beginning of our incarnation the energies of our culture have been instilling within us a series of outer truths, and we have learned how to think of ourself by listening to parents and teachers who offer us a list of standards to which we may aspire, and because of which we may feel normal, but Q’uo does not deny this level of outer truth because learning the conventions of society is helpful for us to move through an incarnation without disturbing the sensibilities of those around us, yet these outer conventions of truth do not begin to address the deeper questions of identity and purpose. Q’uo continued by saying if we wish to move beyond conventions we are drawn by those same conventional assumptions to study and read those words which have been set down by sages of the past, but Q’uo does not criticize the study of spiritual subjects because there is a vast amount of interesting thought to consider in attempting to move beyond the conventions of work, leisure, and family in order to find a deeper knowledge of our identity, and our considering the thoughts of spiritual writers is often helpful in bringing our mind into a series of focuses, each of which expand our viewpoint and deepen the feeling of clarity. On November 19, 1997, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our spiritual identity:

When one considers what one is to do with one’s gifts, we would encourage each seeker to contemplate first the greatest gift, that gift of consciousness. There are duties and responsibilities that go hand in hand with the awakening of awareness of one’s spiritual identity. One responsibility is to remember who you are, and what you are. For it is that essence that you came primarily to offer as your service. As each comprehends these words, each is fulfilling her major, primary service. For the primary service is to share sacrificially the essential vibrations of self with the planet that you call Earth in order that the planetary consciousness may be lightened at this critical time, metaphysically speaking, in Earth’s history. So, no matter what occurs within the outer world, as the one known as C observed, no matter whether one develops a new physics or works and retires, the primary service is performed as you breathe in and out, and as you are most deeply and truly yourself.

The use of the intellect is necessary in order to pursue such study, and the intellect and intellectual food make a nice, tidy set for the mind. There is the horse to ride, that horse of intellectual thought, and there are places to go on that horse, visits to make at the various interesting thoughts of various entities. We have said through this instrument many times that the intellect is a useful tool given to you to use, not to be ignored or left behind. However, the general run of entities who are involved in intellectual pursuits have a tendency to allow the horse to ride them rather their being the master of that horse. Perhaps it is more helpful to think of modern-day equivalents of horses, like a car. One would not wish the car to choose the place where you wish to go in the car. One would be wise to be the master of the car and to steer that car where one wishes to go at the speed which is most appropriate to the journey.

Therefore, we suggest strongly that the process of intellectual ratiocination be one of which the seeker is quite conscious so that the seeker does not get swept up in the play of words and ideas to the point that the truth is no longer the focus of the seeking. The seeker has tools of which it may not be aware and we would look at those tools for a bit now. We often suggest that entities follow the path of resonance as they seek. Whether it is our words of any other writer or speaker to which the seeker is listening or from which the seeker is reading, we encourage seekers to follow that path of resonance. Your path of resonance is unique. No matter how wise your teacher or how inspired the writing, there is almost no chance that everything a given teacher or writer offers to you as food for thought will resonate to you. Ideally, those concepts which you follow will be those concepts which, when first read or heard, awaken within a seeker a kind of recollection as though he already knew that but was happy to be reminded of it once again.

In this search for resonance, it is to be remembered that the nature of language is that it is inherently limited. It is twice limited. First it is limited in that words must be strung together to make sentences and sentences strung together to make paragraphs and so forth. Each word has a little universe of supporting inferences which enrich the collection of words due to the context of each word being placed in its line of the flow of thought. Yet they remain finite and inherently limited. They are limited a second time because the mind does not function according to words but rather according to concepts. Concepts are infinite. However, they can only be expressed by the human mind and gotten out into the outer manifestation of words by a process of translation which works almost like a cook rolling out the dough of a concept and taking cookie cutters to it and fashioning the flat words which bake up into that translated concept. Needless to say, a great deal is lost in translation.

Then Q’uo said the use of our intellect is necessary in order to pursue such study, and the intellect and intellectual food make a tidy set for the mind, and there is the horse of the intellectual thought, and there are visits to make on that horse to explore interesting thoughts of entities, and Q’uo has said through Carla that the intellect is a useful tool given to us to use, but the general run of entities who are involved in intellectual pursuits have a tendency to allow the horse to ride them rather their being the master of that horse, so it is more helpful to think of modern-day equivalents of horses, like a car, and we would not wish the car to choose the place where we wish to go in the car, and we would be wise to be the master of the car and to steer it where we wish to go at the speed which is most appropriate to the journey. Q’uo went on to say that they suggested that the process of intellectual logic be one of which we are conscious so we do not get swept up in the play of words and ideas to the point that the truth is no longer the focus of the seeking, so we have tools which we may not be aware of, and Q’uo wanted to look at those tools, and they suggested that we follow the path of resonance as we seek whether it is Q’uo’s words or any other writer or speaker to which we are listening to or from which we are reading, and they encouraged us to follow that path of resonance that is unique, and no matter how wise our teacher or how inspired the writing, there is no chance that everything a teacher or writer offers to us as food for thought will resonate to us, so those concepts which we follow will be those concepts which awaken within us a kind of recollection as though we already knew them, but we are happy to be reminded of it once again. Q’uo continued by saying in this search for resonance, it is to be remembered that the nature of language is limited twice, so first it is limited in that words must be strung together to make sentences and sentences strung together to make paragraphs, and each word has a universe of supporting inferences which enrich the collection of words due to the context of each word being placed in its line of the flow of thought, but they remain limited, and they are limited a second time because our mind does not function according to words but rather according to concepts which are infinite, but they can only be expressed by the human mind and gotten out into the outer manifestation of words by a process of translation which works almost like a cook rolling out the dough of a concept and taking cookie cutters to it and fashioning the flat words which bake up into that translated concept, and a great deal is lost in translation. On October 3, 2005, Q’uo gave a basic definition of the human mind:

Mark the power of the human mind. You can overwrite the instructions or the information at the cellular level and often you do so to your detriment as far as the integrity of your health is concerned by the way that you think habitually. We have talked often to this group concerning the power of thought and the power of the things that you tell yourself. If you give yourself information concerning your environment from a place that is governed by fear, that is, if you are afraid for your health, for your source of supply, or for anything at all, you will eventually, as these repetitious thoughts continue, begin to affect your body systems at the cellular level, weakening them and making them sensitized to environmental input.

For instance, if you are habitually concerned in such a way as to arouse fear and if your body has sensitivities to allergy or illness of some kind, be it cancer, heart disease or whatever is in your genetic predisposition, you can gradually build up for yourself at the cellular level a tendency towards grabbing those inputs that are fear-based and rewriting your cellular information so that you become more and more able to become sick.

Similarly, if you think conscientiously and constantly to the best of your ability in a fearless manner, affirming your self-worth, affirming your health, or affirming the sufficiency of your physical supply, you gradually inform your body at the cellular level that it does not have to respond to environmental inputs of this fearful nature, thereby beginning to make you less and less pervious to the damage done by habitual fearful thought.

What you believe and how you believe it are not abstract things. They are powerful inputs that go down into every cell of your body. When you assume that your body, at the level of being fresh from the factory, shall we say, being newborn and completely free of the benefits of life on planet Earth within incarnation, is appropriate and correct, then you have established for yourself a default which you can trust. Then your conscious mind simply needs to go back to that default position of the newborn, undamaged factory specifications with which you entered into the incarnation. Affirm those defaults. Ask for the body to reprogram itself to those default settings, losing the overwriting of the cultural miasma.

However, there is a redeeming feature to words and that is that they partake, when being pronounced, in the human breath. The action of speaking is one which can move down into the archetypal mind, bringing forth more than words as the thoughtful focused seeker tries out new thoughts and puzzles over concepts as best he can with his human mind. Therefore, the very structure of words is sacred, and the breath is sacred so that there is a blessedness involved in working with words that inspire. As the questioner was saying earlier, the habit or practice of speaking the name of the Creator seems to be a very powerful spiritual practice which has yielded much fruit. The questioner uses the Creator name of “the one infinite Creator.” Other entities might use such names as Jesus, Buddha, Allah, Ram or any of a host of other god names which alike have the capacity to carry an essence and an energy that far outweighs the seeming nakedness of sound and pronunciation. This is because the combination of these letters put together in certain ways to make words and the use of the human breath creates avenues deep into the archetypal mind, awakening resonance from very deep places within the roots of mind and consciousness.

There is an old story within Buddhist teaching of a saint who held stones in his mouth for twenty years until he learned to be silent. And we appreciate this effort to arrive at the ability to contain and feel comfortable with silence. In silence, there is no need to take a cookie-cutter to the concepts that speak to the deep mind with that still small voice of Spirit. In silence, there is no need to work the machinery of the intellect. In silence, one may rest and allow the truth to rise up into consciousness from the Infinite Invisible that is the heart of each seeker and the heart of the universe alike.

Because of the fact that there are different sorts of seekers with different habits and frames of mind, we cannot offer one sure way which will suit everyone in terms of finding the right attitude towards words of inspiration and information that have been given. Some entities have a comfortable relationship with philosophical structures and are able to walk down many paths without being swayed by the glamour of beautifully spoken words or ascetically pleasing constructs. Other entities are extremely sensitive to beauty, wisdom or that ineffable quality of profundity that one may feel and so may be overly swayed within his own process of seeking the truth by seductively beautiful constructs.

Now Q’uo said there is a redeeming feature to words, and that is that they partake in the human breath, so the action of speaking is one which can move down into the archetypal mind, bringing forth more than words as the focused seeker tries out new thoughts and puzzles over concepts as best we can with our human mind, for the structure of words is sacred, and our breath is sacred, so there is a blessedness involved in working with words that inspire, and the habit of speaking the name of the Creator seems to be a powerful spiritual practice which has yielded much fruit, and the questioner uses the Creator name of “the one infinite Creator,” but other entities might use such names as Jesus, Buddha, Allah, Ram, or any names which have the capacity to carry an essence that outweighs the nakedness of sound, and this is because the combination of these letters put together in certain ways to make words and the use of the human breath creates avenues deep into the archetypal mind, awakening resonance from deep places within the roots of our mind and consciousness. Q’uo went on to say there is a story within Buddhist teaching of a saint who held stones in his mouth for twenty years until he learned to be silent, and Q’uo appreciated this effort to arrive at the ability to feel comfortable with silence because in silence there is no need to take a cookie-cutter to the concepts that speak to our deep mind with that still, small voice of Spirit, and in silence there is no need to work the machinery of our intellect since we may rest and allow the truth to rise up into consciousness from the Infinite Invisible that is the heart of each of us and the heart of the universe.  Q’uo continued by saying because there are different sorts of seekers with different habits and frames of mind, they cannot offer one way which will suit each of us in terms of finding the right attitude towards words of inspiration that have been given since some of us have a relationship with philosophical structures and are able to walk down many paths without being swayed by the glamour of beautifully spoken words, and others are sensitive to beauty, wisdom, or that quality of profundity that we may feel and so may be swayed within our process of seeking the truth by beautiful constructs. On April 2, 1995, Q’uo spoke of the value of words of inspiration:

We would recommend, to begin, that you review those experiences in your past that have been helpful in the revitalizing of these energies. For many entities it is helpful to find those written words of inspiration which might remind one and in the reminding may aid one to adopt a larger perspective that brings the unity and harmony of all creation more into focus for the present moment experience. The songs of inspiration are also of aid in the same regard

To the first entity, there is little danger of being swept up in an overmasteringly beautiful religion or spiritual system. For the second type of entity there is the danger of losing the self and becoming instead identified in his own mind with that one way of thought. It could be argued that is quite helpful to settle into one way of thought and to work within it to the exclusion of all other thoughts or ways of thinking, for are not all paths bound to lead to the one infinite Creator? And is not a purity and focus of seeking easier to achieve using the dogma of a religion or the limitations of a certain philosophical system?

We would suggest that it is entirely possible to achieve harvestability in this third-density school of souls following any of that vast array of spiritual systems. However, your query moves deeper than the question of harvestability. Your query comes to the heart of the nature of spiritual evolution, and because of that, we say that the most helpful and appropriate way of relating to all outer words and systems of words is to work with them consciously, at all times creating a spaciousness around the words, the thoughts, the comparisons, and so forth, which gives the soul room for the unspoken, the un—we correct this instrument—the ineffable, the noumenal, for there is much between every inspired word that is unspoken that creates the ambience in which the spoken word rings with truth.

There is great wisdom in taking lightly and with laughter the entire business of study and thought for spiritual seekers. The one known as R was saying earlier that as the decades have gone by and his spiritual seeking has matured he has become less interested in forming questions and getting answers in his search for the truth. It is indeed a mark of spiritual maturity that the intense desire to know the truth becomes gradually transformed into the intense desire to be the truth. It is not that there is no truth or that there is nothing to seek. Quite the contrary, my friends. However, that which is sought is the heart of the self. The journey towards truth seems as though it is an outer journey, a seeking out there, a winnowing through the harvest of other people’s seeking to find one’s truth. And yet, in the end, it is as though various things begin to fall away in the seeker’s mind, and in the seeker’s heart, and in the seeker’s experience until gradually the truth itself rises to the surface of consciousness and realization occurs. That realization that it is a perfect world, it is a perfect environment for unlocking the gate that leads to unknowing.

Q’uo went on to say to the first entity, there is little danger of being swept up into a beautiful religion or spiritual system, but for the second type of entity there is the danger of losing ourself and becoming identified in our mind with that one way of thought, and it is helpful to settle into one way of thought and to work within it to the exclusion of all other thoughts, for all paths are bound to lead to the one infinite Creator, and is not a purity and focus of seeking easier to achieve using the dogma of a religion or the limitations of a philosophical system? Then Q’uo suggested that it is possible to achieve harvestability in this third-density school of souls following any of that vast array of spiritual systems, but our query moves deeper than the question of harvestability, and it comes to the heart of the nature of spiritual evolution, and because of that, they said that the most helpful way is to work with all systems of words consciously at all times creating a spaciousness around the words which gives our soul room for the unspoken and ineffable, for there is much between every inspired word that is unspoken that creates the ambience in which the spoken word rings with truth. Q’uo continued by saying there is wisdom in taking lightly and with laughter the business of study for spiritual seekers, and as the decades have gone by and our spiritual seeking has matured we have become less interested in forming questions and getting answers in our search for the truth, and it is a mark of spiritual maturity that our intense desire to know the truth becomes transformed into our intense desire to be the truth, but it is not that there is no truth, but it is that which is sought is the heart of ourself so that the journey towards truth seems as though it is an outer journey and moving through the harvest of other people’s seeking to find our truth, and in the end it is as though various things begin to fall away in our mind, and heart, and in our experience until the truth rises to the surface of our consciousness, and realization occurs, and that realization is that it is a perfect world for unlocking the gate that leads to unknowing. On June 21, 1993, Q’uo described how we can move through the process of  unknowing:

At each juncture, each pivotal choice, the entity who seeks first becomes aware of a new level of unknowing, and then finds itself in the position of dealing responsibly with this new level of awareness. One word for this quantum move from level of awareness to a fuller level of awareness is called initiation. It may be called that or any other term as long as the seeker grasps that at this level there is the full flowering of previous work and study. The onset of a new awareness of the depth of the shadows of death is in this way a compliment which destiny pays to the seeker. For as the new level of unknowing strikes one, as one begins working with the raw materials of the universal self thrown up by this new awareness, all that has been learned before is now integrated into the wider and deeper awareness of that universal Self. In this way, when a time of testing comes, this time, in addition to being a beginning, is also the servant well done, which resounds within the heart of Self.

Within third density, beyond all the things that you come to know and believe, there lies the glory of that final awareness that nothing can be known, and that all speaks of the one infinite Creator. Paradox after paradox, mystery and mystery flow and create patterns around one. And powerful and glorious ideas and images move through the awareness and at the end, the seeker has become transparent to himself as he finds at the very heart of himself the consciousness of unconditional Love, that Love that created him, that Love that created the universe, that Love with which he and all about him, seen and unseen, are one.

We would encourage, in whatever mode of seeking is desired, a sense of tempo and rhythm for the seeking entity. It does not have to be a set speed of learning or a limit that one puts upon oneself daily or weekly as to how much time is spent on seeking and how much on meditation. For entities fluctuate endlessly. At one time in the life of a seeker, it may be needed and useful to cram the self with new thoughts. At another time, it may be very wise to refrain from study. In general, we would say that there needs to be a balance between the use of the intellect and the use of silence. For in silence one may allow the mind—in a focused and conscious fashion—to seat the information and inspiration that has been received.

Certainly daily periods of silence are a strong resource for the seeker who wishes to do more than think about the great questions. For beyond thought lies the truth. Beyond the intellect lies insight. Beyond knowledge lies gnosis. The seeker’s journey is a sacred one, a beautiful one, and often a difficult one. There are many seasons of light and shadow, growth and awaiting, and all are equally profitable. Trust yourself, trust your sense of resonance and then enjoy your seeking, your questions, your answers, and all that goes into a life lived by spiritual means and interests.

Q’uo continued by saying within third density, beyond all the things that we come to know and believe, there lies the glory of that awareness that nothing can be known, and that all speaks of the one infinite Creator, and paradox and mystery flow and create patterns around us, and glorious ideas and images move through our awareness, and at the end we have become transparent to ourself as we find at the heart of ourself the consciousness of unconditional Love that created us, and that Love that created the universe which we and all about us are one. Then Q’uo said they would encourage, in whatever mode of seeking is desired, a sense of rhythm for us, and it does not have to be a set speed of learning that puts upon us a limit as to how much time we spend on seeking and meditation, for at one time in our life it may be useful to fill ourself with new thoughts, and at another time, it may be wise to refrain from study, but Q’uo said that there needs to be a balance between the use of our intellect and the use of silence, for in silence we may allow our mind to seat the information and inspiration that has been received. Q’uo completed their reply by saying daily periods of silence are a resource for us if we wish to do more than think about the great questions, for beyond thought lies the truth, and beyond our intellect lies insight and knowing, for our journey is a sacred one, and often a difficult one, so there are many seasons of light and shadow, growth, and awaiting, and all are equally profitable, so we must trust ourself, and our sense of resonance, and then enjoy our seeking and our answers, and all that goes into our life is lived by spiritual means. On May 5, 2002, Q’uo spoke about the seasons of light and shadow that we all experience:

As each of you becomes more spiritually mature you will go through cycles of losing the balance and regaining it. This is a natural occurrence. There are very few entities who move through a life without going through these cycles or spiritual seasons of light and dark. Certainly, this instrument has had experience with the Dark Night of the Soul. We believe that each in this group has had significant suffering to bear. This is as it should be, for although it is a hard truth to understand, it is a simple truth that each of you chose a plan for incarnation, some have said a contract, and in this contract certain lessons were chosen to learn and to share in the learning of with those beloved entities with which you made agreements before this incarnation. As well, there were services that you hoped to offer.

G: There is not a follow-up to the main question, Q’uo, from me.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware that we may now open this session to other queries. Is there another query at this time?

G: Q’uo, I have an excerpt from the Law of One material. Ra says, “The measure of an entity’s level of ray activity is the locus wherein the south pole outer energy has been met by the inner spiraling positive energy. As an entity grows more polarized, this locus will move upwards. This phenomena has been called by your peoples the kundalini. To attempt to raise the locus of this meeting without realizing the metaphysical principles of magnetism upon which this depends is to invite great imbalance.” I can’t quite figure it out, Q’uo. I was wondering if you could define what the “metaphysical principles of magnetism upon which this depends” are?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The principles of magnetism have to do with polarity. The strength of a polarized field is that strength which appreciates both the positive and the negative poles of the magnet so that it is understood that there is virtue and value in both that south pole, as they called it, and the north pole of information or inspiration sought through the gateway to intelligent infinity. Oftentimes, entities who are thirsty and hungry for spiritual meat simply keep attempting to move higher, and higher, and higher within the energy body, upwards into the realms of higher communication, high wisdom, high faith, and so forth, without giving an equal amount of attention to that energy which is coming through the energy body from the south pole, from the Earth itself.

The group known as Ra was suggesting that as one seeks to open the higher charkas it is equally necessary to continue to give full honor, respect, and attention to the health and the vibrancy of the lower charkas as well and to appreciate and honor that energy which has come from the one infinite Creator, to the Sun, into the womb of the Earth, and then from the Earth up through the feet and the base of the charka system at the base of the spine in infinite supply. There needs to be a continuing and equal appreciation of this energy and of all that it suggests of mortality and limitation, for indeed mortality is a limitation, and the presence of a seeker upon the Earth plane partakes of this mortality and this limitation.

It makes a much sweeter thing of being alive and aware to realize one’s limited tenure within the Earth plane. Instead of scorning things of the Earth because they are illusory, then, the one known as Ra is suggesting that one embrace, and enjoy, and take part in the things that are fleeting, relishing, and celebrating the energies of each charka. Sexuality, relationships, group relationships: all of these energies are worthy. All of these energies take daily, thoughtful maintenance in order for each charka to shine and be completely open to the energy of the one infinite Creator as it moves from the Earth in upwards spiraling fashion. Only when this motion upward is fully seated and working well can the seeker then call through the gateway of intelligent infinity for that inspiration which comes from the infinite and invisible world of time/space.

G’s question was: “I was wondering if you could define what the ‘metaphysical principles of magnetism upon which this depends’ are?” Q’uo began by saying the principles of magnetism have to do with polarity because the strength of a polarized field is that strength which appreciates both the positive and the negative poles of the magnet, so that it is understood that there is value in both the south pole and the north pole of inspiration sought through the gateway to intelligent infinity, and we who are thirsty for spiritual meat keep attempting to move higher and higher within the energy body, into the realms of higher communication and faith without giving an equal amount of attention to that energy which is coming through the energy body from the south pole of the Earth. Then Q’uo said that Ra was suggesting that as one seeks to open the higher charkas it is necessary to give respect and attention to the health of the lower charkas and to honor that energy which has come from the one infinite Creator, to the Sun, into the womb of the Earth, and then from the Earth up through the feet and the base of the chakra system in infinite supply, so there needs to be an equal appreciation of this energy and of all that it suggests of mortality and limitation, for mortality is a limitation, and the presence of a seeker upon the Earth plane partakes of this mortality and this limitation. Q’uo completed their response by saying that it makes a sweeter thing of being alive to realize our limited tenure within the Earth plane, and instead of scorning things of the Earth because they are illusory Ra is suggesting that we embrace and take part in the things that are fleeting, relishing, and celebrating the energies of each charka because sexuality and relationships of all kinds of energies are worthy, and all of these energies take daily maintenance in order for each chakra to shine and be open to the energy of the one infinite Creator as It moves from the Earth in upwards spiraling fashion, so when this motion upward is fully seated and working well can we call through the gateway of intelligent infinity for that inspiration which comes from the infinite world of time/space. On January 20, 2010, Q’uo described the function of the gateway of intelligent infinity:

For others, bound in suffering, wracked by doubts, caught in the world of ten thousand things, there is an emptiness of self. The chalice is already ready to receive. And for such entities it is precious indeed to open the self in passive prayer. Some would call it mediation and, indeed, the Buddhists would call it vipassana meditation. In this allowing of the self to be nothing and to float as the candle flame floats above the candle, self is revealed just as the candle reveals itself in the flame. It is an indigo-ray use of the gateway of intelligent infinity to ask for the self to be revealed to the self, for the self to feel its own radiance. And that flame comes down into the passive tallow of self and kindles the flame of truth so that the self becomes a chalice, holding the flame of Love. And gently, sweetly, that flame melts away the suffering and the difficulty and frees the caught soul that it may fly free into the Love of the open heart, into the Love of the Logos.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: That was very satisfactory, thank you, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we are very pleased to be satisfactory. May we ask if there is another query at this time?

G: Q’uo, I’ve got another question seeking clarification from the Law of One material. In that material, Don was asking about the bent legs of the sphinx in the tarot images and Ra responded said: “The position is intended to show two items, one of which is the dual possibilities of the time-full characters there drawn. The resting is possible in time as is the progress. If a mixture is attempted, the upright, moving leg will be greatly hampered by the leg that is bent.” Could you simply define what “rest” and “progress” in this selection mean?

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, it is a long story, shall we say, but there are reasons why this figure is part of your process at this time and consequently we must leave this puzzle for your working. We apologize, but we must pass on this query. Is there a final query at this time before we leave this instrument? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Not from me, Q’uo.

G: Final one from me, Q’uo. This question comes from a “friend.” This “friend” wants to know if the activity known as masturbation expends vital energy that would otherwise be available for higher charka activity?

Q’uo: There are two answers to this query, for there are two levels of masturbation. The physical body of your species is naturally sexual and has a natural capacity for sexuality. If an entity does not masturbate, when the period of time has come in which sexual energy has been built up to the point where there is a need for release, masturbation will take place without any help; it will occur as a night dream or something of that nature. So, on that level, masturbating when there is a build-up of sexual energy and no appropriate outlet with another partner has little impact upon the amount of energy or essence of self that is preserved for metaphysical work. However, there is a legitimate point to be made in terms of the dedication of the self to spiritual seeking in that there is a magical aspect which can be accessed by the seeker who wishes to dedicate the energy that would otherwise be used in sexual release to the winding of the coil, shall we say.

However, it is equally true that sex itself may be used, whether in masturbation or sexual congress with another, to express positive polarity and the worship of the one infinite Creator. The mind is preeminent in this matter. Depending upon how a seeker feels about his sexuality, he may find it more skillful to work with refraining from sexual expression in terms of how he personally is impacted by the experience of reserving his sexual energy for winding of the magical coil. Or, depending upon the entity and his personality and the way he feels about his body, he may find that it is more helpful to create a spiritually-dedicated masturbation in which the object is to experience that orgasm which is the steady state of the one infinite Creator, that inexpressible and inutterable intensity of unconditional Love that is the ecstasy at the heart of the experience of orgasm.

The body is the creature of the mind. We would encourage your friend not to focus upon sex until he has focused upon who he is, how he expresses his essence, how he feels is the most resonant way to manage his humanity in the sense of his red-ray sexuality. May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No, the friend (ahem!), thanks you.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother, for these most interesting queries. And we thank each within this group for setting aside the time, and the attention, and the love. Seek the truth. The one known as R was saying that he did not really understand how we found you to have such courage and such integrity simply because you gather to seek the truth, and yet we say to you, my brother, that it is the rare entity indeed who has come to be able to take himself seriously as a worthwhile and worthy part of the Creator.

Within your dream on planet Earth, it is not at all obvious that there is value in this goal of seeking the truth. We find it a wonderful thing when entities such as yourselves do so and we thank you for this effort. We cannot tell you how beautiful your blended auras are as you have created this sacred space together. It is time now to leave this instrument and this group with our thanks, our blessing, and our Love. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I went outside and used my backpack blower to blow all of the walkways, Sun Mandala, and the cross in the back yard clean of the grass trimmings from yesterday. Then I pumped out enough water from the fishpond to allow the fountain to shoot higher without shooting the water out of the fishpond. Then I ran a couple errands with my first stop being at Feeder’s Supply where I bought some cat food and kitty litter for Benny. My next stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some food for myself. My last stop was at Walgreens Drug Store where I bought some clothes detergent and some treats for Benny.

This afternoon we had our public channeling meditation with ten attendees and two instruments. We began our session with our round robin where each person shared the most important spiritual experience that they had recently which gave us connections with each other’s open hearts that allowed those of Q’uo to speak more fully in answer to the questions they were asked. Some of the questions concerned the dark side of the being of individuals and groups, and the purpose of pre-cognitive experiences, healing exercises, the proper shape in which to build a new home, and the meaning of painful kidney stones.  

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 26

Remove The Wall

I am of the principle of Jesus Christ which is called divine Love. I greet you in unconditional and eternal Love, no matter who you are, no matter how you feel about yourself, Creator, Jesus the Son of Man or about Love Itself.

You hear this voice over a wall of your own making. We suggest to you gently this day that you may set about the work of removing that wall. There is a brick of self condemnation; there a brick of hardened dislike admitting no reprieve; there an envy. What a brick that is and how firm the mortar!

You have so many possessive, hungry, sorrowful, suffering and lonely thoughts creating an anger and loneliness that says, “Where is comfort? Why do you speak to me of unconditional Love when I experience hardship, worry, and limitation of all kinds?”

We are the Spirit of peace and Love. And through the breath of this instrument, we express in the world today, just as it is. For in its imperfection, how perfect, how lovely, how beautiful is the dwelling place of each soul and the soul that dwells therein!

May you learn to love, a little at a time. But first, with the tools of forgiveness, remove the wall that stands between you and the comforting, strengthening and enabling force of unconditional Love for you that awaits you on the other side of self-forgiveness.

We leave you in the utter peace of that condition and in the strengthening which that condition gives you to serve others in peace and joy. In these we leave you, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from March 15, 2008:

Our question this evening has to do with how extraterrestrial contacts with human beings on planet Earth in third density may or may not infringe upon the free will of the entities contacted. We are wondering about the philosophy that the extraterrestrial entities use in order to decide whether or not to make contact and what kind of contact to make. For example, during the Manhattan Project, information from positive extraterrestrial sources was given concerning nuclear energy that’s very specific. There have been other contacts, such as Billy Meier’s contact and the contact with Phyllis Schlemmer from the “Nine” and Tom, which have had more or less specific information to give. We are wondering if this infringes on the free will of the humans who are contacted and what exactly is the philosophy of the extraterrestrials when they make contact with regard to specific information and the infringement on free will.

(Carla channeling)

We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings, my friends, in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be with you this evening, to share in your vibrations and to respond to your query concerning the infringement of free will by those of extraterrestrial origin who have been speaking to your people and in some cases meeting them face to face. As always, before we share our thoughts, we would ask each of you to be responsible for your own judgment and discrimination as regards the things that we say. If our thoughts have resonance for you, then by all means follow the path of that resonance. That is why we are here, and we are very happy that we can give you food for thought. If, however, we miss the mark and do not interest you particularly in what we have to say, we would ask that you leave behind our words and keep moving until you find that information and that inspiration that does resonate with you. We thank you for this kindness, for it enables us to speak freely without being concerned that we will infringe upon your free will.

You asked this evening concerning the nature of contact between extraterrestrial entities and Earth entities. You asked about free will, and how extraterrestrial entities feel about the free will of those upon planet Earth. We may start with ourselves. We of the Confederation of Planets in Service to the One Infinite Creator have, shall we say, experimented with contact, in terms of face-to-face contact, in your far distant past. We found that the direct communication face-to-face was neither positive nor negative, but only that which the entities of that time felt was part of the natural universe, which at that time was replete with many gods and many unusual things. What caused us to become more and more aware of the difficulties of clean communication with those of planet Earth was the inability of even the most powerful entity to maintain the purity of the initial contact, once the information we gave had resulted in the pyramids that were built. Instead of the pyramids being used for the purpose for which they were built, they became used for the purpose of the few, the elite, the powerful, and the wealthy.

Webecame aware of the impossibility of blending physical presence with a lack of distortion. We, those of the Ra group, those of the Hatonn group and those of the Latwii group, chose not to use again any means except the channeling through instruments such as this one as a way of communication of concepts hopefully helpful to the spiritual evolution of those on planet Earth to the population at large. We are not the only entities from elsewhere which are interested in planet Earth at this time. There are many entities interested in your planet that come from elsewhere. Some of these entities are of the Confederation and have agreed with those of us who have had a relationship with those on planet Earth previously, so that in the interest of retaining positive polarity we have chosen not to appear to your people.

We believe that we are at the apex of that which we can do and remain clear of the possibility of infringement. However, we say in all humility that we are not absolutely sure that, if we speak at all, we are not in some way infringing on the free will of those who may hear our words and be persuaded again their preferences of the truth of that which we have to offer. It does not stop us from speaking. But this concern is enough to create in us the desire to mention the request, to each who hears or listens to our words, to be very responsible and to discriminate so that none of our words are taken on faith or simply because we say them. The reason for this mention at every contact is this concern on our parts. The only way that we could avoid any possibility of infringement on free will of those on planet Earth is to stop speaking through instruments such as this one. Yet, the cry goes out from Earth. Many, many millions of you are seeking the truth. Therefore, we come in answer to a call and do not feel that we can turn away from the depth and profundity of this call at this time.

The group question for this session was: “Our question this evening has to do with how extraterrestrial contacts with human beings on planet Earth in third density may or may not infringe upon the free will of the entities contacted. We are wondering about the philosophy that the extraterrestrial entities use in order to decide whether or not to make contact and what kind of contact to make.” Q’uo began by saying we asked this evening concerning the nature of contact between extraterrestrial entities and Earth entities, and we asked about free will, and how extraterrestrial entities feel about the free will of those upon planet Earth, and Q’uo started by saying that we of the Confederation of Planets in Service to the One Infinite Creator have experimented with contact, in terms of face-to-face contact, in our distant past, but they found that direct communication face-to-face was neither positive nor negative, but only that which the entities of that time felt was part of the natural universe and was filled with many gods and many unusual things, and what caused them to become more aware of the difficulties of clear communication with those of us on planet Earth was the inability of even the powerful entity to maintain the purity of the initial contact, once the information they gave had resulted in the pyramids that were built, so instead of the pyramids being used for the purpose for which they were built, they became used for the purpose of the powerful and the wealthy. Q’uo went on to say we became aware of the impossibility of blending physical presence with a lack of distortion, so we of the Ra group, those of the Hatonn group, and those of the Latwii group chose not to use any means except the channeling through instruments such as Carla  as a way of communication of concepts helpful to the spiritual evolution of those on planet Earth and to the population at large, but we are not the only entities from elsewhere which are interested in Earth at this time since there are many entities interested in our planet that come from elsewhere, and some of these entities are of the Confederation and have agreed with us who have had a relationship with those on  Earth previously, so in the interest of retaining positive polarity we have chosen not to appear to your people. Then Q’uo said that we believe that we are at the apex of that which we can do and remain clear of infringement, but we say in humility that we are not sure that we are not infringing on the free will of those who may hear our words and be persuaded again by their preferences of the truth of that which we have to offer, but it does not stop us from speaking, but this concern is enough to create in us the desire to mention the request, to each who hears our words, to be responsible and to discriminate so that none of our words are taken on faith because we say them, and the reason for this mention at every contact is this concern on our parts, and the only way we could avoid any possibility of infringement on free will of those on Earth is to stop speaking through instruments such as this one, yet the cry goes out from Earth because millions of you are seeking the truth, so we come in answer to a call and do not feel that we can turn away from the depth of this call at this time. On October 31, 1976, Hatonn spoke of how they had come in answer to a call from many people on Earth:

We of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator have come to your planet to share with your people a message. It is a very simple message. And it is much required by your people at this time. We come in answer to a call that has gone out from your people, for so many of you upon your surface are seeking at this time: are seeking to know the reason for your existence; seeking to know why you were created, and who your Creator is. This call is as audible to us across what you would call vast distances as if we were right beside you. And we are here to attempt to serve those who are seeking at this time by sharing our impressions concerning the question of why each of us is here.

It heartens us to see your planet waking up, metaphysically speaking. We comfort ourselves that surely we could not have done too much damage. For the message is getting out. More and more people have become aware that they are one with their neighbors. More and more people are aware now that Love is the only answer. The energy of this planet is exponentially readier for fourth-density graduation than it was when we began working with this channel thirty years ago. There are many other kinds of entities who seek to speak with the people of planet Earth, or who seek to influence their decisions.

The so-called Orion empire is a kind of confederation of those who are negatively polarized and who are responding to the call of those who wish to graduate in negative polarity into fourth density. Insofar as they come in through the windows of opportunity that are part of the just and appropriate quarantine of planet Earth, they fully intend to infringe upon free will and therefore do not have any ethical considerations to hamper them as they offer their own thoughts for humans of negative polarity who wish to become harvestable in that polarity. Yet we understand that this is not the kind of contact about which you are asking. You asked about contacts such as that of Phyllis Schlemmer with “The Nine,” and the one called Tom, and that contact of Billy Meier with those entities with whom he has spoken.

To respond to that which you have asked, we would take a step back and talk a bit about fourth density, for it is important in our answer that what little we have to say about the fourth density war be understood as background information. When entities graduate from third density to fourth density, various things occur. Whether or not they have chosen positive- or negative-polarity fourth density, the move from third to fourth density creates a new environment. In this environment there is no veil. There is no veil between the conscious and the subconscious mind of each person and there is no veil between people, between the planet, and between entities of other densities.

Then Q’uo said it heartens us to see your planet waking up, metaphysically speaking, and we comfort ourselves that we could not have done too much damage, for the message is getting out, and more people have become aware that they are one with their neighbors, that Love is the only answer, and the energy of this planet is much more ready for fourth-density graduation than it was when we began working with Carla thirty years ago, and there are other kinds of entities who seek to speak with the people of Earth, or who seek to influence their decisions. Q’uo went on to say the Orion empire is a kind of confederation of those who are negatively polarized, and who are responding to the call of those who wish to graduate in negative polarity into fourth density, and as they come in through the windows of opportunity that are part of the quarantine of Earth, they intend to infringe upon free will, and do not have any ethical considerations to hamper them as they offer their own thoughts for humans of negative polarity who wish to become harvestable in that polarity, but we understand that this is not the kind of contact that you are asking about because you asked about contacts such as that of Phyllis Schlemmer with “The Nine,” and of Tom, and that contact of Billy Meier with those entities with whom he has spoken. Then Q’uo said to respond to that which you have asked, we would take a step back and talk about fourth density, for it is important in our answer that what we have to say about the fourth density war be understood as background information because when entities graduate from third density to fourth density, various things occur, so whether or not they have chosen positive- or negative-polarity fourth density, the move from third to fourth density creates a new environment, and in this environment there is no veil between the conscious and the subconscious mind of each person, and there is no veil between people, between the planet, and between entities of other densities. On May 19, 2007, Q’uo said that in fourth density there is no veil between our conscious and subconscious mind:

In the metaphysical realm, where thoughts are things, and you as a spirit are a citizen of eternity, all time is one; all time is now. Therefore, from that point of view, each spirit or seeker within incarnation exists in two worlds at once. Each soul is an interface between the world of time/space—infinity and eternity—and the world of space/time, which is an illusionary reality much like your television programs, where the Creator has set up for you a school in which you may study the lessons of Love. In this schoolroom, there is a heavy veil between the conscious and the subconscious mind. This means that there is no real awareness in the everyday, waking self of one’s true identity as a spark or a piece of the one infinite Creator that is holographic in nature.

This aliveness is present in every cell of your body. Your very cells’ hearts are Love. It is the action of Light upon Love that has created this illusory, third-density school of souls. And you have entered this refinery, this furnace, because you desired to do at least two things: you desired to learn, and you desired to serve. As you undergo suffering and make choices that reflect your desire to be of service to others or your desire to be of service to yourself, you are working to rebalance and to, shall we say, hopefully improve the balance between love, wisdom and power.

Thusly, a fourth-density soul is able to communicate with first density, second density, third density, fourth density, fifth, sixth and seventh density. It is an open universe. The choices, naturally, are quickly made to shut out most of that which is available to know so that the evolving soul may continue with its lessons. Yet there is that full knowledge of the vibration of the one infinite Creator in all vibrations available to that entity. However, the graduation to fourth density does not automatically create any improvement whatsoever in the evolutionary status of the soul. Just as a person who has graduated from third grade goes to school the first day for fourth grade knowing nothing more than he knew at the end of third grade, so the beginning student of fourth density has only the harvest of third-density knowledge, awareness and insight as he approaches the lessons of fourth density.

For a great portion of your last major cycle of 75,000-plus years, those who have graduated to fourth density have felt it necessary to defend their polarity from the opposite polarity as if they were still in third density. The entities involved in this war are of the inner planes rather than coming from outside the planet. Fourth-density wanderers are not coming in to carry on this war. Rather, there are entities coming in which, having reached harvestability, have chosen not to go on to fourth density but to remain in the inner planes of third density. Their awareness is that of fourth density, yet their prejudices remain those of third density. So, they are convinced that they must defend the souls of planet Earth from negative polarity. Likewise, those who have graduated in the negative sense see it as their business to battle the Light. They see themselves as those who would use the Light for their own purposes, leeching the power of which the positive polarity is full and flipping it so that its power becomes negative.

This situation of war, the so-called “war in heaven,” Is a part of your inner-planes environment. Individual entities of both polarities eventually become mature enough spiritually to realize that strife is unnecessary. They finally become free of third-density fear and are able to move on to their lessons, leaving the war behind. However, there are always people that are new to fourth density who are willing to take up the cudgels of this heavenly war and do what they feel is the right thing to do in protecting the innocent, developing, third-density souls on planet Earth. It may be noted that in all of this strife, there is nothing but the highest ideals and desires on the part of those of positive polarity, and in their own way, those of negative polarity. There is a good deal of confusion, but there is not the goal to spread confusion or to act in any way but a righteous or a good way. It is simply that in whatever density one is, one remains capable of error.

Now Q’uo said that a fourth-density soul is able to communicate with first density, second density, third density, fourth density, fifth, sixth, and seventh density since it is an open universe, and the choices are quickly made to shut out most of that which is available to know so that the evolving soul may continue with its lessons, but there is full knowledge of the vibration of the one infinite Creator in all vibrations available to that entity, but the graduation to fourth density does not automatically create any improvement in the evolutionary status of the soul, so just as a person who has graduated from third grade goes to school the first day for fourth grade knowing nothing more than he knew at the end of third grade, so the beginning student of fourth density has only the harvest of third-density knowledge as they approach the lessons of fourth density. Q’uo went on to say for a great portion of your last major cycle of 75,000-plus years, those who have graduated to fourth density have felt it necessary to defend their polarity from the opposite polarity as if they were still in third density, so the entities involved in this war are of the inner planes rather than coming from outside the planet, and fourth-density wanderers are not coming in to carry on this war, but there are entities coming in which, having reached harvestability, have chosen not to go on to fourth density but to remain in the inner planes of third density, so their awareness is that of fourth density, yet their prejudices remain those of third density, so they are convinced that they must defend the souls of planet Earth from negative polarity, and those who have graduated in the negative sense see it as their business to battle the Light, and they see themselves as those who would use the Light for their own purposes, taking the power of which the positive polarity is full and flipping it, so that its power becomes negative. Then Q’uo said that this situation of “war in heaven,” is a part of our inner-planes environment, and individual entities of both polarities become mature enough spiritually to realize that strife is unnecessary, and they become free of third-density fear and are able to move on to their lessons, leaving the war behind, but there are people that are new to fourth density who are willing to take up the weapons of this heavenly war and do what they feel is the right thing to do in protecting the innocent third-density souls on Earth, so in all of this strife, there is nothing but the highest ideals on the part of those of positive polarity, and in their own way, those of negative polarity, so there is confusion, but there is not the goal to spread confusion or to act in any way but a good way, so it is that in whatever density one is, one remains capable of error. On December 10, 2006, Q’uo spoke of the nature of third density fear:

Gradually, oh so gradually, the human leaves infanthood and enters childhood, and the fear recedes somewhat. A child has learned to speak. It can ask why. It can defend itself with words to some extent. But the patterns of fear are deep. They are not evil. They are natural. Throughout the lifetime of an entity in third density, fear is around the corner, outside the door, under the bed, in the closet: the boogeyman. Yet the true location of this fear is in the experiences of being born and of being helpless.

What child has ever had all of its needs met? What growing teenager has ever been able to plumb the depths of its own passage? My friends, you arrive at adulthood battered by the experiences you have undergone. Some, indeed most, entities cover their pain with that thin veneer of civilization: the clever words, the appropriate actions, the right clothing. But within the deep mind of each entity lies many a doorway into fear. And fear has many friends. Fear can produce anger. It can produce unworthiness. It can produce guilt. It can produce many difficult and dark emotions and feelings.

We ourselves, as we have said, feel that we have occasionally made errors. Certainly, the degree of information that we were able to share with some of those involved in your Manhattan Project, also in the work of the one known as Nicola, there was an unwise amount of information shared. The opportunity seemed to be to offer powerful resources that would alleviate the necessity for the people of planet Earth to work so very hard and to use up their incarnational time without being able to work on their metaphysical evolution. Yet these powerfully positive people were not able to control the results of their use of our information. Is it a concern of ours that this information was used to harm, where we had hoped only to help? Yes, it remains a concern. From each of our mistakes we have learned much. And because of our concern for those distortions that have occurred, we remain within your planetary atmosphere, as it were, ready to speak through such instruments as this one, in the hope of lessening distortion.

When one speaks of such entities as The Nine, one speaks of a kind of entity that has an unusual relationship with some of those within the inner planes of this planet. The entities which make up The Nine are, in fact, those of the entity known to this instrument as Yahweh. This instrument was saying that she felt that this was the designation of that particular contact, and we confirmed that information as being so. As you know, Yahweh has had a long relationship with those of planet Earth, especially those which came into incarnation from the planetary influence of the sphere you know as Mars. In altering the genetic code for this large group of entities as they incarnated upon planet Earth, they placed bits of themselves, shall we say, to make a complex story simpler, within the genetic changes that were made, and each of you carries, to some extent, some of these altered changes in your DNA.

Consequently, this particular entity contains a host of energies from the inner planes of your planet. There is a legitimate extraterrestrial aspect to this energy, but it is harmonized with inner-planes thought forms which are the templates of the genetic changes made 75,000 years ago when those of Mars came into the Earth’s sphere. This means that these entities which together make up The Nine or Yahweh have never grown past the impulse or desire to interfere—for the good, of course—in the story of planet Earth. There is a tremendous love of the people of Earth from this group and a sincere and genuine desire to help. And yet, because of the distortions that have persisted in their infringement upon the free will of all of those whose genetic codes have been changed, there is a lack of awareness of the distortions inherent in physically presenting themselves before entities or making physical changes in an environment of which they are a part in order to convince entities that they are real.

Q’uo went on to say we feel that we have made errors, and the degree of information that we shared with some of those involved in your Manhattan Project and in the work of Nicola Tesla there was an unwise amount of information shared, so the opportunity seemed to be to offer resources that would alleviate the necessity for the people of Earth to work so hard and to use up their time without being able to work on their spiritual evolution, yet these positive people were not able to control the results of their use of our information, so it is a concern of ours that this information was used to harm, where we had hoped only to help, and it remains a concern, so from each of our mistakes we have learned much, and because of our concern for those distortions that have occurred, we remain within your planetary atmosphere ready to speak through such instruments as Carla in the hope of lessening distortion. Then Q’uo said that when one speaks of such entities as The Nine they are those of the entity known to Carla as Yahweh, [I believe that this is an error on Q’uo’s part to describe Yahweh and The Nine to be the same entity as The Nine are usually referred to as The Council of Nine that oversees extraterrestrial contact with Earth, and Yahweh is part of the Guardians that are 24 in number.] and she felt that this was the designation of that particular contact, and we confirmed that information as being correct, so as Yahweh has had a long relationship with those of Earth, especially those which came into incarnation from the planetary influence of Mars, and in altering the genetic code for this large group of entities as they incarnated upon Earth, they placed bits of themselves within the genetic changes that were made, and each of you carries some of these altered changes in your DNA. Q’uo continued by saying this entity contains a host of energies from the inner planes of our planet, and there is an extraterrestrial aspect to this energy, but it is harmonized with inner-planes thought forms which are the templates of the genetic changes made 75,000 years ago when those of Mars came into the Earth’s sphere, so this means that these entities which make up The Nine or Yahweh have never grown past the desire to interfere—for the good, of course—in the story of planet Earth, and there is a tremendous Love of the people of Earth from this group and a sincere desire to help, but because of the distortions that have persisted in their infringement upon the free will of all of those whose genetic codes have been changed, there is a lack of awareness of the distortions inherent in physically presenting themselves before entities or making physical changes in an environment of which they are a part in order to convince entities that they are real. In 18.24, Ra described the nature of the changes that Yahweh had made in the entities from Mars:

Questioner: Then Yahweh’s communications did not help or did not create what Yahweh wished for them to create. Is this correct?

I am Ra. The results of this interaction were quite mixed. Where the entities were of a vibrational sum characteristic which embraced oneness, the manipulations of Yahweh were very useful. Wherein the entities of free will had chosen a less positively oriented configuration of sum total vibratory complex, those of the Orion group were able, for the first time, to make serious inroads upon the consciousness of the planetary complex.

We deeply understand the desire of those of The Nine to make a difference on planet Earth. We understand, because we have experimented with coming among your people, the desire to make a mass landing and to herald a new day, calling for Love and Light, with the strength of a massive display of superior insight, intellect and knowledge. We do not agree that it is a gambit that will be effective in any way in lightening the consciousness of planet Earth, and we have, many thousands of your years ago, put away any thought of doing so. The promised landings, as the one known as Jim said earlier, shall not occur. Yet there is that energy within the psyches or subconscious levels of mind of many upon planet Earth which desire this outcome. And so the desires of those upon planet Earth mingle with the desires of those of The Nine to create a self-fulfilling link in which the information continues to be offered because it is desired.

And this is a point which is worthy of some examination. We find it helpful to work with instruments such as this one, who has no particular need to express its own thoughts, for we are able to channel through this instrument that which we wish to say without this instrument’s adding or subtracting information according to its opinions. It is helpful to have instruments with whom to work who have no biases as far as the outcome of their words. The more need there is on the part of the instrument to channel certain things, the more likely the instrument is to take that which we have to say and to create of our thoughts a little more than we had to say, shall we say. The biases of the channel are always a part of any channeling. The only question is to what extent the bias of the channel has influenced the material produced.

A certain amount of material which is part of the instrument’s experience is helpful and we often use stories from this instrument’s life or thoughts that this instrument has considered to color our simple message with the various guises of storytelling and myth. For if we offered only the simple truth, without any storytelling, then we would say over and over again, “All is one. That one thing is unconditional love. Love is the Creator. Love is the Creator’s house, and Love is the nature of all beings in that house.” Indeed, we are grateful to have the personal coloration of the instrument to give more variety to our message. However, it is a delicate thing to collaborate with an earthly instrument and produce spiritually helpful material that has a minimum of bias. This is our goal. Needless to say, this is not the goal of all who have spoken with your people.

Q’uo continued by saying we understand the desire of those of The Nine to make a difference on planet Earth because we have experimented with coming among your people with the desire to make a mass landing and to herald a new day, calling for Love and Light, with the strength of a display of superior insight and knowledge, but we do not agree that it is an effort that will be effective in lightening the consciousness of Earth, and we have long ago put away any thought of doing so, and the promised landings shall not occur, yet there is that energy within the subconscious levels of the mind of many upon Earth which desire this outcome, so the desires of those upon Earth mix with the desires of those of The Nine to create a self-fulfilling link in which the information continues to be offered because it is desired. Now Q’uo said that we find it helpful to work with instruments such as Carla, who have no need to express her own thoughts, for we are able to channel through her that which we wish to say without her adding or subtracting information according to her opinions, so it is helpful to have instruments with whom to work who have no biases as far as the outcome of their words because the more need there is on the part of the instrument to channel certain things, the more likely the instrument is to take that which we have to say and to create of our thoughts a little more than we had to say, so the biases of the channel are always a part of any channeling, and the only question is to what extent the bias of the channel has influenced the material produced. Then Q’uo said that a certain amount of material which is part of Carla’s experience is helpful, and we often use stories from her life or thoughts that she has considered to color our message with the forms of storytelling, for if we offered only the simple truth, without any storytelling, then we would say over and over again: “All is one That one thing is unconditional Love. Love is the Creator. Love is the Creator’s house, and Love is the nature of all beings in that house.” Q’uo said we are grateful to have the personal coloration of Carla to give variety to our message, but it is a delicate thing to collaborate with an earthly instrument and produce spiritually helpful material that has a minimum of bias, and this is our goal, but this is not the goal of all who have spoken with your people. On June 15, 1980, Latwii began to tell a story to illustrate the value of storytelling to make a spiritual point:

I would like to tell you a story, for my brother Hatonn has begun to teach me the art of storytelling, and I will practice it upon you this evening. I hope that I can tell you a good story and one that would give you some good advice.

There was once, my friends, a young tree. And this tree was a very intelligent tree. And it decided that it wished to become the best fruit tree of its kind that had ever been made in all of creation. And so, my friends, it began to plot how to grow its blossoms and its fruit, and to calculate just when its leaves should fall and when each leaf should turn to get the greatest amount of fruit from the vine. And it spent a great deal of time in attempting to fruit.

In time, the tree was very widely noted, for no two pieces of fruit were just the same but were different from each other. However, the tree was much less capable of caring for itself than the other trees. And this it could not understand because it was, after all, a very, very intelligent tree and capable of complex and vast abstract thinking. In time, my friends, this tree withered and perished, while the other fruit trees in the orchard, who had never given a thought to who they were or how to become better, flourished as was their nature.

That is our story, my friends. Now we will attempt to speak on the story. You must understand that each of you is just as the tree – rooted in what we are forced to call Love. That is an oversimplification, but it is the best word that we can find in this instrument’s mind to simply express that which is a part of creation. You, like the tree, are perfect. And instinctually, you will turn towards the sun and bear fruit for the season. However, my friends, unlike regular trees, we talked to you about a tree who was very intelligent. That, my friends, is your greatest [inaudible] in the spiritual [inaudible].

When the Creator, in His infinite wisdom, sent us all into the void upon the great circle of becoming, He gave each entity the power of co-Creator. That is, my friends, He gave each of you free will. You can become whatever you desire, spiritually speaking. Thus, you can cause your world to become very complex. And the fruits that you bear to the many [inaudible]. However, my friends, do consciously attempt to control the flow of Love from the Central Sun of your existence, which is Love. If you do not let Love speak to Love, you then begin to distort the Love from which [inaudible]. The more you calculate, my friends, the more opportunity there is for distortion. [And the story went on.]

The one known as Billy Meier is anomalous in that this entity was dealing with unaffiliated entities of fourth-density level; that is, they were not affiliated with the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator. They, and the one known as Billy, were able to offer some positively-oriented and inspirational material thanks to the catalysis of the one known as Billy. At the same time, these entities were not entirely positive. That is to say, though of fourth-density level, they had not come through the development into a planetary social memory complex and consequently their actions were, in many ways, flawed according to that rule of non-infringement on free will that is so dear to our hearts.

As you investigate and research non-normal contact between the inhabitants of your planet and extraterrestrial entities, you will find that there is a vast array of experiences that have been had by various people in the years of keeping history and writing it down. Some extraterrestrial sources have made compacts with inner-planes sources. Some extraterrestrial sources have become inner planes sources. There is a bewildering array of non-normal contact. Some of the information in many of these mixed-polarity contacts is useful. Therefore, it is completely up to each seeker to discard information that is not helping that particular person, in his judgment, and to focus on those pieces of information that do seem to be helpful, again, strictly according to that entity’s judgment. My friends, your judgment is adequate to the task of sifting through the variety of messages that you may read. You do have the capacity to follow your heart and to follow the path of resonance.

Q’uo continued by saying Billy Meier is anomalous in that he was dealing with fourth-density level entities that were not affiliated with the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator, and they and Billy were able to offer positively-oriented information thanks to the catalysis of Billy, but at the same time these entities were not entirely positive because even though they were of fourth-density level, they had not formed a planetary social memory complex, so their actions were flawed according to that rule of non-infringement on free will that is so dear to our hearts. Q’uo completed their reply by saying as you research non-normal contact between the inhabitants of your planet and extraterrestrial entities, you will find there are many experiences that have been had by people in the years of keeping history, and some extraterrestrial sources have made compacts with inner-planes sources and have become inner planes sources, so there is a bewildering array of non-normal contact, and some of the information in many of these mixed-polarity contacts is useful, so it is up to each seeker to discard information that is not helpful and to focus on those pieces of information that do seem to be helpful according to that entity’s judgment, and that entity’s judgment is adequate to the task of sifting through the variety of messages that may be read, and they do have the capacity to follow their heart and to follow the path of resonance. On May 27, 2008, Q’uo described the path of resonance:

We may say that the sources are there. However, they are scattered and unrecognized. Consequently, we would suggest to the one known as D that he combine research into Light and its nature, especially research done by those who are unrecognized and obscure, with a continuation of his unremitting, unwavering, absolute devotion to the one infinite Creator and to the service of the one infinite Creator, and to maintain that focus while requesting his guidance system to enhance his ability to sense that path of resonance and synchronicity that shall aid him.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

R: I have a follow-up question, Q’uo. Is it correct to say that entities that are part of the Confederation observe the approach to contact with humans that your group has?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. On the whole, it is fair to say that is true. However, we ourselves have acted other than according to these dictates within your major cycle. Consequently, we cannot say that the Confederation’s hands are completely clean, either. However, we believe that we have learned, for the most part, from our mistakes and we hope that we have found the optimal way to offer helpful information without significant distortion.

May we answer you further, my brother?

R: Yes. Is the experience of Earth’s having so much extraterrestrial contact towards the end of the cycle the fairly typical experience of planets going through this third density, in this galaxy?

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query, my brother. It is so that as a planetary population becomes ready to be harvested, it calls for inspiration in such a way that those entities who are sympathetic to that call will come and visit. However, it is unusual for a planet so near to harvest to have visitations from both positive and negative sources. It is more common to see this pattern at the beginning of a major cycle. By the second minor cycle there is usually the beginning of a planetary choice for the positive or negative polarity. With your planet, contrariwise, the majority of those choosing at all upon your planet have indeed chosen the positive polarity. There is far more positive energy upon your planet than negative.

However, there is enough negative-polarity energy to create a dual call, both positive and negative. This has blurred and confused the situation, since instead of having one concerted planetary surge towards the light or towards the darkness, there is this continuing dynamic between the light and the darkness as entities approach graduation. Therefore, your planetary sphere is anomalous in having dual visitation. And the anomaly is serious enough that this entire planet has been, as we have said before, quarantined for this major cycle in order to attempt to regulate the mix of contact so that those of negative polarity are able to communicate with entities upon planet Earth only at certain randomized intervals.

May we answer you further, my brother?

R: I have one last question on a different subject. But before I say it, I feel that I want to say, at least from my limited viewpoint, that the work that the Confederation is doing with its diligence and attention to free will is deeply inspiring, at least to me, and since I’m part of everyone else it must be so for other people as well. The question actually is about the nature of the call. You have mentioned that you hear the call. I’m curious about what this call feels like. What is this call to your entity?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would thank you for your comments upon our attempts to serve the population of planet Earth. It is, of course, music to our ears to feel that love that you have for us, and we thank you, my brother.

Yet it is also worthy to note in this regard that it does not eliminate our questions and concerns as to what that line is between witnessing to our own truth and being persuaders. For we would not be persuaders. We do not wish to pull or push people or do anything except offer hopefully helpful information. At the same time, it is obvious from the nature of our information that we are biased towards the positive polarity, and that we do rejoice when entities awaken. The philosophical aspects of our work have never been entirely clear because, as we said at the beginning, the only way that we can be of utterly positive polarity is to cease attempting in any way to influence the entities whom we love so dearly and are calling to us.

Now, to respond to your query on the nature of the call. When one of your human babies awakens in the night and discovers that it is hungry, wet and alone, it cries. It calls out in the only way it knows for help. Blessedly, in almost every case, the parents come and minister to that child, feeding it, drying it, getting a new, dry diaper on it, and cuddling it until it naturally goes back to sleep, content, knowing that it is loved and that all of its needs are met. Each of you is, spiritually speaking, an infant. And you are crying in the night. You are crying for spiritual food. You are crying to be cleansed of the grime of confusion, sorrow and suffering. And you are crying because you are alone and you do not feel loved.

As entities move through the third density, they begin to become able to address their own needs. As they awaken and become spiritual toddlers, or spiritual preschoolers, they begin to choose to feed themselves heavenly food, to cleanse themselves from spiritually degrading ideas and concepts, and to win through to the knowledge that they are not alone. Because of the intense confusion among your peoples throughout your third-density experience, for the most part entities have not matured beyond the crib. They cry out in the darkness and our hearts go out to them. There is a great desire on our parts to reach out the hand to steady that baby, to feed that baby, to give that sweet infant soul a new start, a clean diaper, a bellyful of love, and a good rock in the cradle.

We hope that we have become more mature as those who offer help, as we have experimented with ways to answer that call. And we can certainly say that those of planet Earth have begun to become more mature, as it should be. Many are those who have moved from the cradle to preschool, to grade school, to middle school, and finally are ready to graduate third density on time, mature at last, knowing that the food of Love is the food for them; knowing that they wish to turn from anything that is not truly Love and Light; knowing that they are not alone. For as they love, so have they been loved a hundredfold, a thousandfold, overwhelmingly. The hard part for entities is that first waking up. And it is this effort to which we have come in response. Our Love remains unblemished. How far we have fallen short of perfection in our dealings with your planetary population is unknown to us, but we are sure that there are many, many mistakes that we have made for which we humbly ask your forgiveness.

The energy wanes for this entity and this group, so we thank the instrument and leave it and the group in love and in light. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I vacuumed the first floor of my home, and then I went outside and used my trimmer to trim the weeds in the side yard and around the fishpond, and then I trimmed all of the weeds out of the front yard.

This afternoon I went outside and used my trimmer to trim the weeds out of the pet cemetery, and then I began trimming the weeds and the walkways in the back yard, and then I used the backpack blower to blow clean as much around the yard as I could before it started raining, and the rain brought the end to my blowing.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 25

By What Star Shall You Steer

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full and divine Love of creation and Creator.

Does it not seem to you somehow unusual that we who accept the phrase of Holy Spirit never call ourselves holy and that we who are the Spirit of the living Christ never call Jesus Christ, Lord?

We are of the principle of full and divine consciousness, and as such we are servants of your souls, those who love the spirit within you.

It is for you to choose what principle guides your life, by what star you shall steer. Shall it be the Love of Jesus Christ, and shall you call Jesus Christ Lord of your life? That is your decision.

Your capacity for worship is your own private treasure. May you ever enlarge and make more noble and uplifted your times of worship and adoration! And if, as yet, you do not worship and do not adore, then spend more time in the inner room of silence, listening, in the growing awareness of Love.

We leave you in the love and peace of Jesus the Christ, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from January 19, 2008:

The question this week Q’uo is: What is your opinion of the use which ritual magic makes of repeated ritualized behavior to seek and serve the Creator? It seems to utilize the doubling effect in that each repetition of the ritual seems to increase the seeker’s desire and purity to seek and serve the Creator. Would Q’uo please describe how we, as seekers of truth, can bring this kind of magic into our daily lives?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. May we express to you our delight at the privilege of being asked to join your circle of seeking and take part in this working. We are very happy to share with you our thoughts on the devotional life; that is, how to create a life that dwells within the precincts of White Ritual Magic, as the one known as Jim has asked. However, as always, we would preface our remarks by asking each who hears or reads these words to take responsibility for discriminating as each listens to what we have to say. Take what seems good to you and leave the rest behind. Please do not make the mistake of thinking that all that we say is equally important to you, for spiritual seeking is very idiosyncratic. There will be those thoughts that are helpful to you and those thoughts that do not fit your process as it is. You only need those things that make you feel a resonance and a wish to ponder them further. If you will discriminate, then that will free us to offer our thoughts without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will or be a stumbling block in the way of your process. We thank you for this consideration, my friends.

We would further preface our remarks by saying that the basis of all of these thoughts which we offer to you this particular evening is Love. One can move into a great many complexities and details in discussing how to live a life that is grounded in love and based upon the awareness that all are one and all things are the Creator. Yet underlying every complexity and every detail is a single, simple truth: the one infinite Creator, and you, and all that there is are one thing. It is a unified creation, and the nature of that unity is Love. Unconditional Love is the one great original Thought that has generated all the seen worlds and all of the unseen worlds as well.

Yourquestion, my brother, moves into that area where the seeker has awakened so thoroughly that he has begun to seek to express the fruits of his new awareness. We do not need to remind each that the prerequisite for working to create a magical ritual of the entire life is an open heart. And the prerequisite for having an open heart is a freely flowing chakra body, with the lower chakras balanced, and open, and full power moving through into the heart and thence through the upper chakras and out the crown of the head. When you become aware that this is not the case, in your momentary estimation of your state of mind, then there is the need to relinquish the magical personality and move into that balancing mode where that trigger which has taken you away from an open energy system and an open heart is identified, loved, accepted, embraced, and balanced. Then and only then is it wise to move back into the ceremonial dance of the devotional life.

We use the term, devotional life, because it is this instrument’s term for a life in which the principles of ritual magic of the white ceremonial kind are brought into the daily life, and it is a phrase that is easier for us to say. Therefore, please understand that when we speak of the devotional life we are not speaking specifically of a Christian life, or any type of belief system that would be behind living a life of devotion to the one infinite Creator. We are simply taking the shortcut of this instrument’s vocabulary for describing the life in which the entity sees not only the possibility but the need for imbuing every aspect of the normal, everyday life with magic. As the one known as Jim has said, the basic work of the magician is to create changes in his consciousness by an act of will. He does this very specifically in order to serve. There is nothing physical connected with the white ritual magical tradition. All the work that is done is work in consciousness. The work consists of invocation. One invokes one’s own magical personality and then one invokes characteristics of the Creator or the Creator Itself.

We may illustrate the principles of this type of magic by looking at the ritual that this instrument calls Holy Communion or the Holy Eucharist. The ritual is conducted by a priest. The priest prepares the congregation by reading from holy works, offering prayers and supplications, and then leading the congregation in a general confession of sins. In this confession, all is laid before the one infinite Creator, given away by the self, emptying the self of all that is past. The priest then absolves those in the congregation, reminding them that Jesus the Christ came to love rather than to judge and that all is forgiven. Thusly he prepares the congregation for the reception of the Holy Communion. He then turns his back to the congregation, or in some churches simply turns his mind and his attention away from the congregation, and he begins to pray directly to the one infinite Creator.

The group question for this session was: “What is your opinion of the use which ritual magic makes of repeated ritualized behavior to seek and serve the Creator? It seems to utilize the doubling effect in that each repetition of the ritual seems to increase the seeker’s desire and purity to seek and serve the Creator. Would Q’uo please describe how we, as seekers of truth, can bring this kind of magic into our daily lives?” Q’uo began their reply by saying our question moves into that area where we have awakened so thoroughly that we have begun to express the fruits of our new awareness, but Q’uo does not need to remind each of us that the requirement for working to create a magical ritual of the entire life is an open heart, and the requirement for having an open heart is a freely flowing chakra body, with the lower chakras balanced, and open, and full power moving through into our heart and then through the upper chakras and out the crown of our head, so when we become aware that this is not the case, there is the need to relinquish the magical personality and move into that balancing mode where that trigger which has taken us away from an open energy system and an open heart is identified, loved, and balanced, and then it is wise to move back into the ceremonial dance of the devotional life. Q’uo went on to say that they use the term, devotional life, because it is Carla’s term for a life in which the principles of ritual magic of the white ceremonial kind are brought into the daily life, and it is a phrase that is easier for Q’uo to say that when they speak of the devotional life they are not speaking of a Christian life, or any type of belief system that would be behind living a life of devotion to the one infinite Creator, so they are taking the shortcut of Carla’s vocabulary for describing the life in which we see the need for imbuing every aspect of the everyday life with magic, and as Jim has said, the basic work of the magician is to create changes in our consciousness by an act of will, and we do this in order to serve, but there is nothing physical connected with the white magical tradition because all the work that is done is work in consciousness which consists of invocation our magical personality, and then we invoke the Creator Itself. Q’uo continued by saying they may illustrate the principles of this type of magic by looking at the ritual that Carla calls Holy Communion which is conducted by a priest who prepares the congregation by reading from holy works, offering prayers and supplications, and then leading the congregation in a general confession of sins, and in this confession, all is laid before the one infinite Creator, given away by ourself, emptying ourself of all that is past, and then the priest absolves those in the congregation, reminding them that Jesus the Christ came to love rather than to judge, and that all is forgiven which prepares the congregation for the reception of the Holy Communion, so then he turns his back to the congregation, and he begins to pray directly to the one infinite Creator. On March 21, 1982, Latwii spoke of the nature of the Holy Communion:

Again, we may return to the magical nature of that which is known as blood, but we now move to the time/space or metaphysical portion when discussing that activity which is known to your people as the Holy Communion.

The entity known as Jesus did possess a knowledge that was deep upon the subject of the magical transfiguration, shall we say, of its source of enlightenment or power unto those whom it desired to serve. It was well aware that the ritual of communion would provide those entities revering it with a means of making an opening within the time/space portion of their beings for the Love and Light of the one Creator to fill that opening, depending upon how efficiently the entity had prepared its being to receive this vital energy, much as a transfusion, if we may continue our analogy.

This particular type of ritual does focus, then, upon the aspects which you might call positive in the transferring of the power of the magical nature of life fluids and life energies which course through all creation. This type of ritual known as the Holy Communion does, then, allow each who partakes of it to drink of the life-giving beingness of the Father, so that those transfers of energy and of power are those which seek to serve the others of the being so that there is an increase in the level of awareness of the unity of all creation within those who partake within the ritual of communion.

He remembers the actions of the one known as Jesus the Christ in which the Christ is breaking bread and drinking wine with his disciples. He tells them, “Take this bread; it is my body. Take this wine; it is my blood.” And as he remembers this, with his priestly hands hovering over the bread and the wine he is about to give the congregation, he invokes the presence of Jesus the Christ, that it may enter into the substance of the bread and the wine.  Magically, then, it becomes a living host, a living carrier for new life. As the congregation takes this bread and this wine from his hands, again he says, “The bread of life, the cup of salvation,” and that repetition brings the energy of Jesus the Christ into the awareness of each of the congregation as they eat the body and drink the blood that has set them free to live a new life, unencumbered by past sins.

We describe this ceremony or ritual to you in some detail because we wish you to see the kind of change that a magical ritual is intended to offer. It is intended to create a change in consciousness, or as this instrument would say, a change in vibration. The intent is to lift the natural default vibration of each of the congregation by invoking the presence of the one infinite Creator in the persona of Jesus the Christ. The everyday life is not spent in church and in the workaday world. Each seeker must choose to be his own priest. Each seeker is fully capable of taking on priesthood. Yet we would suggest to the seeker who wishes to live a devotional life that he become more and more finely tuned to an awareness of this momentary decision to become the priest rather than the lay person. For there is a qualitative difference between the actions of a lay person and the actions of a priest.

When one is a lay person, one is framing the self without any particular power, metaphysically or spiritually speaking. When one styles himself as a priest, on the other hand, he styles himself as an entity who has become able to handle sacred things and to pray directly to the one infinite Creator and be heard. You are naturally priests. The unnatural frame of mind, in terms of your deeper nature, is that of the lay person. Yet your culture has trained you all of your life to give your power away to authority figures such as priests. Therefore, as you set out to live a devotional life, we ask that you take seriously the responsibility of priesthood. When you do not feel priestly, then it is well for you to refrain from expressing the form of any ritual. It is essential that the essence of the ritual precede and inform the form. Otherwise, the ritual is dead and does not have power.

Then Q’uo said the priest remembers the actions of Jesus the Christ in which the Christ is breaking bread and drinking wine with His disciples, and He tells them, “Take this bread; it is my body. Take this wine; it is my blood.” And as he remembers this, with his priestly hands hovering over the bread and the wine he is about to give the congregation, he invokes the presence of Jesus the Christ, that it may enter into the substance of the bread and the wine, and then magically it becomes a living carrier for new life, so as the congregation takes this bread and this wine from his hands, again he says, “The bread of life, the cup of salvation,” and that repetition brings the energy of Jesus the Christ into the awareness of each of the congregation as they eat the body and drink the blood that has set them free to live a new life, freed by past sins. Then Q’uo said they would describe this ceremony to us in detail because they wish for us to see the kind of change that a magical ritual is intended to offer by creating a change in our consciousness, so the intent is to lift the natural default vibration of each of the congregation by invoking the presence of the one infinite Creator in the person of Jesus the Christ, and because the everyday life is not spent in church and in the workaday world each of us must choose to be our own priest, and we are capable of taking on priesthood, but Q’uo suggested  to us that if we wish to live a devotional life that we become more finely tuned to an awareness of this momentary decision to become the priest rather than the lay person, for there is a qualitative difference between the actions of a lay person and the actions of a priest. Now Q’uo said that when we are a lay person, we are framing ourself without any particular power, spiritually speaking, but when we style ourself as a priest we style ourself as an entity who has become able to handle sacred things and to pray directly to the one infinite Creator and be heard since we are naturally priests, so the unnatural frame of mind, in terms of our deeper nature, is that of the lay person, yet our culture has trained us all of our life to give our power away to authority figures such as priests, and as we set out to live a devotional life, Q’uo asked that we take seriously the responsibility of priesthood, and when we do not feel priestly, then it is well for us to refrain from expressing the form of any ritual since it is essential that the essence of the ritual precede and inform the form, or the ritual does not have power. On July 14, 1994, Q’uo described the nature of the devotional life:

It is the burden and the glory of those who do live a religious, spiritual, or devotional life to live on two levels at once, for the level of the outer world is, indeed, the either/or of service to self or service to others and the dynamics of that life are unforgiving. Yet still, within these outer appearances lies an inner reality which only the heart of humankind can know or experience.

The joy within this illusion you experience flows most freely when it is consciously accepted and visualized within each daily period that these levels are not contradicting each other but rather are the inner and the outer layers of that which is being experienced. Whenever it is perceived that the seeker has focused overmuch upon the Tree of Knowledge then the seeker does well to pause momentarily in order to remember that inner reality, that inner universe and open a shuttle from that inner universe through the seeker’s own heart so that while the seeker is dealing in a practical and intellectually appropriate way with either/or dynamics, yet still that seeker’s heart is open because of that vivid memory and remembrance, which is renewed each moment, of the overriding and overarching reality within, which illumines, transfigures, and reconfigures the whole.

It is not necessary, my friends, to be extremely judgmental or overly critical of the self as to whether or not the self is open-hearted and working with an open energy-body system. Indeed, after a certain amount of practice at remaining in this frame of mind of the priest at all times, it shall become familiar enough to the seeker that there is no longer the concern for whether or not one is in tune. This is due to the fact that once an entity has become accustomed to living in a priestly manner, any aberration from that tenor of mind will be all too obvious to the entity and will constitute that which needs attending as though it were a pain in the body. It is for the beginner that we offer these warnings. We place them here because it is essential that seekers see the difference between actions and essence. One may speak in ritualistic ways and move in ritualistic motions and yet fail to live a magical life because the heart is not open and love is not flowing. As the one known as Paul said, “Without love, I am a clanging gong.”

The most intricate of rituals is always founded on Love. That is the prerequisite. Therefore, we encourage each to do the work necessary to support a devotional life. There are all too many of your people that have sought the life of a religious recluse because of the great yearning for the infinite Creator, yet because the form remained that which was understood and not the essence, the hunger remained and even grew, despite the monastic schedule of six worship services in each day. That being said, let us look at some ways to think about the devotional life lived in the rush of the workaday world. In a way, it seems an odd fit to make of the everyday functions of life a ritual, yet each and every portion of the life is entirely prone to and grateful for sacred use. In order to illustrate this, we would take an example from this instrument’s own life.

Now Q’uo said it is not necessary to be critical of ourself as to whether we are open-hearted and working with an open energy-body system, and after we practice remaining in this frame of mind of the priest at all times, it shall become familiar  to us that there is no concern for whether or not we are in tune, and this is due to the fact that once we have become used to living in a priestly manner, any deviation from that tenor of mind will be obvious to us, and it will constitute that which needs attending as though it were a pain in our body, so it is for the beginner that Q’uo offered these warnings, and they placed them here because it is essential we see the difference between actions and essence because we may speak in ritualistic ways and move in ritualistic motions, and yet fail to live a magical life because our heart is not open, and love is not flowing, so as Paul said, “Without love, I am a clanging gong.” Then Q’uo said the most intricate of rituals is always founded on Love, so Q’uo encouraged us to do the work necessary to support a devotional life because there are too many of our people that have sought the life of a religious recluse because of the great yearning for the infinite Creator, yet because the form remained that which was understood and not the essence, the hunger remained and even grew, despite the monastic schedule of six worship services in each day, so Q’uo said let us look at some ways to think about the devotional life lived in the rush of the workaday world, so it seems an odd fit to make of the everyday functions of life a ritual, yet each portion of the life is grateful for sacred use, and in order to illustrate this, we would take an example from Carla’s life. On October 25, 2008, Q’uo described the life of a religious recluse:

The life of a religious recluse is designed to eliminate all possible distractions so that the seeker, the disciple, the student, may do nothing but wind the coil of the intensity of desire to know the Creator day after day and year after year. Nevertheless, there is no escape from humanhood within the bounds of flesh and blood, breath and desire. The most humble and self-abandoned disciple shall still find itself desiring those things which shall bring comfort to the body, the mind, or the spirit.

The initiate does not stop being human. The initiate becomes transparent to its humanhood and is able to gaze upon the requests which the body or the mind may make to the self with a certain amount of detachment and a larger point of view which enables the disciple to act in a more skillful way than one who has not become initiated. It does not remove the business of living from that disciple. That disciple still must find ways to imbue all of those necessary parts of being human with awareness, attention, and often ritual, which all are designed to keep the disciple in a good state of tuning.

Each day this instrument and the one known as Jim come together at the end of their working day for a bath. This instrument has physical limitations which make it helpful for the one known as Jim to interact with her, far more than most husbands and wives interact when bathing. The one known as Jim draws the bath, opens the oils and lotions that will be needed after the bath and places them ready, and invites this instrument into the bathtub. He helps her sit down and together they enjoy their whirlpool and the cleansing of their bodies. When they are both clean, before they leave the bathtub, the one known as Jim takes two pieces of ice in holders and for two minutes ices this instrument’s back, which alleviates the arthritic pain in her shoulders and spine. When this has been done, the instrument lets the water out of the bath and puts the shampoos and other accoutrements of the bath away and then is helped out of the bathtub by the one known as Jim. He helps her rub oil into her body, dries her off and then puts lotion on her body, working to replenish sensitive skin that is always very dry.

Atthe end of their bath ritual they are both clean, the instrument has accomplished all that she needs to accomplish with the help of the one known as Jim, and in all of that intricate movement there have been no words. For each knows the dance and each makes of the dance as graceful and beautiful a thing as can be conceived by both of them. Here it may be seen that the form of the ritual is very homely. There is nothing special about the ingredients of this ritual. They are soap, water, oil, and so forth. Yet the love that streams between husband and wife, as the one known as Jim helps this instrument with her daily cleansing, is palpable, and powerful, and supports and encourages each in his own individual metaphysical life.

There are two things that we would note about this ritual before moving on. Firstly, the one known as Carla, during the whirlpool portion of the bath, actively works with angelic presences, mentally expressing her love, thankfulness and joy and rededicating herself to the service of the one infinite Creator. By doing so, she charges the water, acting as a priestess for both, although this too is never spoken. Secondly, the dance of the bath moves into the succeeding moments of dressing and moving into the next item of the day in ways which link and tie in the energies of love, cooperation, and mutual participation in the dance so that the dance does not end when the bathwater is drained.

Q’uo continued by saying each day Carla and Jim come together at the end of their working day for a bath, and Carla has physical limitations which make it helpful for Jim to interact with her, more than most husbands and wives interact when bathing, so Jim draws the bath, opens the oils and lotions that will be needed after the bath and places them aside and invites Carla into the bathtub, and he helps her sit down, and they enjoy their whirlpool and the cleansing of their bodies, and when they are both clean, before they leave the bathtub, Jim takes two pieces of ice in holders and for two minutes ices Carla’s back which alleviates the arthritic pain in her shoulders and spine, so when this has been done, she lets the water out of the bath and puts the shampoos and other accoutrements of the bath away, and then is helped out of the bathtub by Jim, and he helps her rub oil into her body, dries her off, and puts lotion on her body, working to replenish sensitive skin that is always dry. Then Q’uo said at the end of their bath ritual they are both clean, and Carla has accomplished all that she needs to accomplish with the help of Jim, and in all of that intricate movement there have been no words, for each knows the dance, and each makes the dance as graceful a thing as can be conceived by both of them, so here it may be seen that the form of the ritual is very homely since there is nothing special about the ingredients of this ritual of soap, water, and oil, yet the love that streams between husband and wife, as Jim helps Carla with her daily cleansing is powerful, and encourages each in their metaphysical life. Q’uo went on to say that there are two things that we would note about this ritual before moving on, and firstly, Carla, during the whirlpool portion of the bath, works with angelic presences, mentally expressing her love, thankfulness, and joy and rededicating herself to the service of the one infinite Creator, and by doing so, she charges the water, acting as a priestess for both, although this too is never spoken, and secondly, the dance of the bath moves into the succeeding moments of dressing and moving into the next part of the day in ways which link in the energies of love, cooperation, and mutual participation in the dance so that the dance does not end when the bathwater is drained. On December 29, 2007, Q’uo speaks of angelic presences that are available to help each of us on our spiritual path:

There are angelic presences all around you that have been attracted by your purity of desire and intentions. They wish nothing more than to help you achieve the goals that you have set for yourself this day.

Yet you must ask, for they cannot infringe upon your free will. Therefore, please draw about you that wonderful network of loving presences that are always about you. And do not forget to ask nature to help you, for that, too, is a kingdom of the Father. The very ground loves you beyond all telling. The air, the trees, all that there is in the kingdom of the Father is dancing with you and inviting you to join in that wonderful, harmonious rhythm of the dance of the One. For all within nature, not having self-consciousness, is fully aware of the truth and is very happy to be part of the one infinite Creator in its manifestation in this illusion.

In ritual, there are two kinds of form. There is the form of movement, and there is the form of words. Behind those forms of motion and speaking lie the thoughts of the magician who is speaking and acting. To a magician there is no empty action. The dance is always ongoing. And at the very center of the dance, always, there is Love. The magician invokes aspects of Love, standing on a plinth  of Love, surrounded by Love, and seeking only finer and more sensitive attunements of that Love. There are a finite number of movements and words within any day. There are a finite number of repeated activities which lend themselves to ritual. Consequently, to an entity whose mind is focused on filling the form of his day with the essence of worship it is not an exceedingly long process of thought to visualize every single repeated action of a normal day.

Each entity’s day will be unique to him. However, the work he does in a day will have certain aspects of it that are repeated. Therefore, the seeker who wishes to create the devotional life in the midst of the workaday world shall set his mind to analyzing each action of his day, at work, at home, and on the road. The one known as Carla, for instance, has in her work environment the computer. All of her work is done on the computer. The one known as J, on the other hand, has in his working environment various types of large equipment such as mowers, blowers, and weed eaters. It does not seem to the untrained mind that computers and mowers would be likely targets for a devotional life. Yet we would suggest to you that whatever the nature of your work environment is, you can fill it so full of devotional essence that your workday world positively sings.

Most entities have a transitional environment between work and home, because of the omnipresence of the automobile or other forms of transit. Most entities work in a place that is not their home. And this, too, is a type of environment that at first glance seems inimical to being part of a devotional life. Yet, we assure you that creative thought about the essence of the time of driving or the time of riding shall offer to the mind of the seeker repeated actions which may be infused with the invocation of deity. All motions may be thought of as sacred dance. All words may be thought of as sacred ritual. It is in the home environment, however, that most of the fully repetitive actions of the day are performed. The washing of the clothes, the washing of the self, the preparation and eating of food, the preparation for bed and sleep time and the rising from sleep are all inevitable in their repetition. Consequently they offer the deepest resource for one who wishes to live a devotional life.

Q’uo continued by saying in ritual there is the form of movement, and there is the form of words, and behind those forms of motion and speaking lie the thoughts of the magician who is speaking and acting, and to a magician the dance is always ongoing, and at the center of the dance there is Love, so the magician invokes aspects of Love, standing on a base of Love, surrounded by Love, and seeking more sensitive attunements of that Love, so there are a finite number of movements and words within any day, and there are a finite number of repeated activities which lend themselves to ritual, so to an entity whose mind is focused on filling the form of their day with the essence of worship, it is not a long process of thought to visualize every repeated action of a normal day. Now Q’uo said each entity’s day will be unique, but the work he does in a day will have aspects that are repeated, so the seeker who wishes to create the devotional life in the midst of the workaday world shall set his mind to analyzing each action of his day, and Carla has in her work environment the computer, and all of her work is done on the computer, but Jim has in his working environment various types of large equipment such as mowers, blowers, and weed eaters, and it does not seem to the untrained mind that computers and mowers would be likely targets for a devotional life, but we would suggest that whatever the nature of your work environment is, you can fill it full of devotional essence that your workday world positively sings. Then Q’uo said most entities have a transitional environment between work and home, because of the presence of the automobile or other forms of transit, and most entities work in a place that is not their home which is a type of environment that seems contrary to being part of a devotional life, yet Q’uo assured us that creative thought about the essence of the time of driving or the time of riding shall offer to the mind of the seeker repeated actions which may be infused with the invocation of deity because all motions and words may be thought of as sacred dance, but it is in the home environment that most of the repetitive actions of the day are performed such as the washing of clothes, the preparation and eating of food, and the preparation for bed and sleep time are all inevitable in their repetition, and they offer the deepest resource for one who wishes to live a devotional life. On June 12, 1994, Q’uo described the nature of the devotional life:

Indeed, the living of a devotional life is the simplest thing in the world, shall we say, for love may be given every which way, and it may be received in every which way. The most stumbling attempt is still Love. The most error-filled attempt is still full of Light. The mistakes are simply mistakes. They do not change the nature of your gift. In your holy works the prophet known to this instrument as Isaiah cried out to his Lord, “How can I go forth for you? I am a person of unclean lips, and my people are a people of unclean lips.” But the Creator speaks to this entity and to each by saying, “I need a witness.”

The appropriate response, then, to this realization of the need for the Creator to have witnesses is that of the one known as Isaiah, “Here am I. Send me, Lord. Send me.” May each of you continue to have the courage to offer this precious witness.

Thisinstrument and the one known as Jim have long created times of offering and worship at the beginning and end of the day. They have also formed the habit of remembering before food is ingested to thank the one infinite Creator and to thank the food. These are far more outer in terms of type of ritual than the kind of ritual of which we have been speaking, and yet it is helpful in the devotional life to set aside times that are specifically dedicated to worship. This enables the seeker to deepen his base of insight as time goes on. It is possible in this way to create of the entire life a dance that is an invocation of the one infinite Creator. The element of repetition is a substantial part of a magical ritual. Something that is done once, no matter how beautiful, remains single. When that beautiful thing begins to be repeated, there is, indeed, the doubling effect; that is, each doing of that repetition with full awareness of its sacredness doubles the power of that ritual.

The one thing that is missing in terms of this repetition, when the priest is creating his own sacred life rather than being a part of a group ritual, is that he is not calling a significant amount of the entities who have shared in that same ritual. For instance, in Holy Communion or the Holy Eucharist, many of the words of that service have been expressed in relatively undistorted form for centuries on end. Therefore, when an entity begins to pray in any one of the key prayers of that ritual, such as—

“Holy, holy, holy, Lord God of Hosts! Heaven and earth are full of thy glory. Glory be to thee, O Lord Most High”

—a significant amount of those who have been Christians in incarnation and who are now between incarnations living in the inner planes, are drawn to those words, so that one entity saying that particular prayer can excite and attract a tremendous amount of heavenly help with the repetition of that prayer with heartfelt energy.

Contrariwise, one who is living a devotional life that he has created himself is doubling his own power but not calling a large amount of those who dwell in the inner planes between incarnations with one exception. Angels are not drawn to a particular song or a particular set of words. Angels are drawn to pure essence, having never taken part in incarnation. Consequently, any living of a devotional life will attract angelic help, so that there is indeed not only the doubling effect of amplification of one’s personal power, but the supporting and undergirding effect of angelic support and encouragement.

In closing, we would simply say that we cannot iterate often enough the importance of moving from Love and from essence in creating a devotional life. If there is not Love in the repetition of holy things, then that energy, while not wasted, is diminished in its power to comfort, heal, and succor the seeker. Therefore, do not be caught up in the forms of devotional life, but rather be caught up with the emotions engendered by having an open heart and an open energy body and experiencing the self as part of the dance of the One that is ongoing because he exists in that Creation in which all things are indeed one coordinated, eternal dance.

Q’uo said Carla and Jim have created times of offering and worship at the beginning and end of the day, and they have formed the habit of remembering before food is ingested to thank the one infinite Creator and to thank the food, but these are more outer in terms of ritual types than the ritual which we have been speaking of, and yet it is helpful in the devotional life to set aside times that are dedicated to worship because this enables the seeker to deepen their base of insight as time goes on so that it is possible to create of the life a dance that is an invocation of the one infinite Creator, so the element of repetition is a large part of a magical ritual, but something that is done once remains single, and when that ritual begins to be repeated, there is the doubling effect where each doing of that repetition with awareness of its sacredness doubles the power of that ritual. Q’uo continued by saying the one thing that is missing in terms of this repetition, when the priest is creating his sacred life rather than being a part of a group ritual, is that he is not calling a significant amount of the entities who have shared in that same ritual, for in Holy Communion many of the words of that service have been expressed in undistorted form for centuries, so when an entity begins to pray in any one of the key prayers of that ritual, such as—“Holy, holy, holy, Lord God of Hosts! Heaven and earth are full of thy glory. Glory be to thee, O Lord Most High”—many of those who have been Christians in incarnation and who are now between incarnations living in the inner planes, are drawn to those words, so that one entity saying that prayer can attract heavenly help with the repetition of that prayer with heartfelt energy. Now Q’uo said one who is living a devotional life that they have created is doubling their power but not calling a large amount of those who dwell in the inner planes between incarnations, with one exception, because angels are not drawn to a song or a set of words, but angels are drawn to pure essence, having never taken part in incarnation, so any living of a devotional life will attract angelic help, so that there is not only the doubling effect of one’s personal power, but the supporting effect of angelic support. Q’uo completed their response by saying in closing, we cannot say often enough the importance of moving from Love in creating a devotional life because if there is not Love in the repetition of holy things, then that energy is diminished in its power to comfort and heal the seeker, so do not be caught up in the forms of devotional life, but be caught up with the emotions created by having an open heart, an open energy body, and experiencing the self as part of the dance of the One that is ongoing because It exists in that Creation in which all things are one eternal dance. On October 13, 2009, Q’uo described the nature and purpose of our energy body:

When one is able to quiet the self and to get the energy of the energy body flowing at its maximum so that the heart is open, then one is able to do work in consciousness, moving through the blue ray of absolute honesty and the indigo ray of being. As one sits within that open energy body and places the intention with which you seek to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity, the gateway will open in such and such a way because of your intention.

Consequently, we would say to you, my brother, that as you approach these times of seeking in sacred places, that you set your intention specifically and with all your heart, all your mind, and all your strength so that the opening through that gateway is that which you would wish. The gifts of the gateway of intelligent infinity are many. There are those who open it in order to become channels for healing. There are those whose reason for opening it is to become channels for the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up query on this question, my brother?

Jim: Not for me, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and would asked then if there is any other query this evening before we leave this instrument?

R: Q’uo, I keep racking my brain for some question because I hate to let you go, but I do not have one, so I’ll just say that I appreciate the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your non-question. Yet you have asked for a little more of our time and because this instrument continues to have energy to offer for a few more of your minutes, we would speak freely, if it is all right with you.

R: Please.

Very well, my brother. There is in this season of the year that is winter much joy in the one known as R, while many others have exactly the opposite feeling about the weather being cold. So, there is at all times a multiplicity of people, a multiplicity of opinions, and a seemingly variegated and splintered world where many things seem out of tune and the service-to-self faction of your population dominates the news with wars and rumors of wars, the misuses of power being almost endless. Yet this appearance is an illusion. Certainly, as the days of third density wane and come to a close, those who are seeking to graduate in negative polarity are working very hard to create as much service-to-self polarization in their lives as possible. These are the entities that gather power for its own sake, that enjoy sending men to their death in the pursuit of policy and that do not blink at lying, stealing and cheating, simply saying, “It’s just business.”

Itis easy for service-to-others entities to become distressed when gazing at what seems to be the way of the world. We would suggest that this seeming way of the world is only large in aspect because of the way your culture values information. It is as though your mass media functions by a kind of radar which only picks up certain types of vibrations. In terms of your radar imaging, for instances, that which is metallic and magnetic is picked up and shown on the radar as a blip. Many other things are in the sky, but the radar does not read them. Radar is set to read the objects which occupy a very small amount of the air and report only on them. Nevertheless, all of the sky is still there. In much the same way your mass media only pick up as blips those entities which have disturbed the continuum by the misuse of power, whether it be sending entities off to die for policy, or whether it be one entity who turns and shoots another. These are the things that create and constitute the blips that are reported on in the mass media. Meanwhile, all the rest of human nature remains unreported.

My friends, you are wonderful people. The vast majority of those upon Planet Earth at this time seek with all their hearts to be good people by their own lights. We ask that each of you take the time to be aware of the good people in your life: the person that sold you something at the drugstore or grocery store, the person that helped you repair something that was wrong with your house or your apartment, the person that let you into traffic on a busy street, and the people in your neighborhood whom you see walking their dogs and chatting in their front yards. Each and every one of these entities is suffering and yet seeks with all its heart to live a good life and to serve others. We ask that you begin to deepen your appreciation of that which lies below the radar and begin to give less power to the loud voices of your media as they report on that which, if it bleeds, leads.

Q’uo offered to speak a few words about the winter season and the vibrations of service to others and service to self on Earth at this time. Q’uo began by saying there is in this season of winter joy while others have the opposite feeling about the weather being cold, so there is a variety of people and opinions, and a divided world where many things seem out of tune, and the service-to-self faction of our population dominates the news with wars and the misuses of power, yet this appearance is an illusion, so as the days of third density come to a close, those who are seeking to graduate in negative polarity are working hard to create as much service-to-self polarization in their lives as possible, and these are the entities that gather power for its own sake, that enjoy sending men to their death in the pursuit of policy and that do not blink at lying, stealing, and cheating, simply saying, “It’s just business.” Then Q’uo said it is easy for service-to-others entities to become distressed when gazing at what seems to be the way of the world, so Q’uo suggested that this way of the world is only large in aspect because of the way our culture values information, and it is as though our mass media functions by a kind of radar which only picks up certain types of vibrations where that which is metallic is shown on the radar as a blip, and there are other things are in the sky, but the radar does not read them because radar is set to read the objects which occupy a very small amount of the air and report only on them, but all of the sky is still there, and in the same way our mass media only picks up as blips those entities which have disturbed the continuum by the misuse of power, whether it be sending entities off to die for policy, or whether it be one entity who turns and shoots another, so these are the things that create the blips that are reported on in the mass media, and all the rest of human nature remains unreported. Q’uo completed their thoughts by saying my friends, you are wonderful people, and the vast majority of those upon Planet Earth at this time seek with all their hearts to be good people by their own lights, so we ask that each of you take the time to be aware of the good people in your life: the person that sold you something at the drugstore or grocery store, the person that helped you repair something that was wrong with your house or your apartment, the person that let you into traffic on a busy street, and the people in your neighborhood whom you see walking their dogs and chatting in their front yards because each and every one of these entities is suffering and yet seeks with all its heart to live a good life and to serve others, and we ask that you begin to deepen your appreciation of that which lies below the radar and begin to give less power to the loud voices of your media as they report on that which, if it bleeds, leads. On September 23, 2023, Q’uo spoke of how we can seek with all our hearts to be of service to others:

This is a query that you share with many spiritual seekers of truth, who desire with all their hearts, and intend with all their mind, and put forth every effort of their being to travel the spiritual journey. And in this traveling, there is the hope, the expectation that there will be a result that you can point to, that you can feel, that you can express, that lets you know that you have been successful.

But, my friend, we must let you know that this is only a part, and a small part, of the journey of seeking the truth. For you exist within the third-density illusion where what one expects is not always what one achieves in the conscious sense. We would suggest to you that as you are traveling this journey of seeking and giving your efforts of energy and will and faith into the seeking, that you are awakening in the deeper portion of your mind a facet of this journey that is most helpful to you but which you may not be consciously aware. You are much more than a conscious mind. You are that which is connected to the Creator through your subconscious mind. And as you give forth the effort to seek, to be, to become, to serve, this effort is seeded within your subconscious mind. And it grows. And it multiplies. And it manifests in ways that you may not be aware of.

There is a harvest to the sowing of the seed of intention that always grows, for this is the desire of the Creator to know itself in every facet of His being. And you manifest this knowing, this experiencing in a way which is totally, fully, and powerfully experienced by the Creator within your subconscious mind that may or may not become apparent to you at some point in your spiritual journey. Thusly, we would suggest that you continue, as you have been: to have the faith and the will to progress and to meet the goals that you feel are important. For the intention here is that which powers your journey.

We would at this time take our leave of this instrument and this group, thanking each for creating this sacred space that we may share. It has been a pleasure to speak with you this evening. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

This morning I used Venus to mow the grass all around my yard for the first time this year as Carla always asked me to wait until the white snow drop flowers were done with their bloom before I mowed the grass. Then I went on an errand run to Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought more dianthus, garden impatiens, and Angelonia.

This afternoon I transplanted the dianthus in the small garden next to the driveway. Then I transplanted the garden impatiens on the north side of the Wuthering Heights Mound. Lastly, I transplanted the Angelonia in the garden next to the Flower Fall Mound that was half full of snapdragons. Then I watered all of the newly transplanted flower with fertilized water. Then I sprayed all the newly planted flowers with deer repellant.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 24

To Your Heart’s Health

I am of the consciousness of Jesus the Christ. I greet you in the midst of paradise, where Love abounds, and Light never fails. So, it is within your heart. Love abounds and Light never fails.

All souls have what you may call a dark side. There are things that lay heavy upon the soul. There are thoughts of past and thoughts of future. And in this heaviness, in this past and this future, the joyful present is lost within your heart and your soul.

Look at the good that comes to you today. Be quiet and sure and aware ahead of time that good shall come to you. Expect it. And if that which you get is unexpectedly difficult, search out the Love that you are to learn and express for Jesus the Christ.

Let this be for you a day of rejoicing; a day of moving into the Love of the Creator; a day lost in praise of Jesus the Christ.

There are those of you who do not wish to reckon with Jesus the Christ. We of the Spirit of the full consciousness of Love suggest only that you need not reckon with the entity Jesus, but to your heart’s health and your soul’s life, you must reckon with Christhood. Gaze at the story of the man and grasp the meaning and the implications of living the full consciousness of Love.

When you have done so, do not despair but rejoice, for we are with you always.

Our peace and Love be with you now and evermore. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from January 12, 2008:

Our question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with the concept of transformation. On our individual journeys of seeking, each of us goes through various experiences. And we observe these experiences. And I am guessing that when we observe them with the most accuracy, we don’t have judgment for them. We just go through them and let them experience themselves through our lives, and in some way or another, cumulatively or individually or at some point, transformations occur. And we would like you to speak to this concept of transformation. How do we come about it? Is there a time within our seeking that is most right for it? Is there a way that we can aid it most effectively? Talk to us about transformation.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. We thank you, my friends, for asking us to join your circle of seeking at this session of working. It is our honor and our privilege to join you. We are most appreciative of the opportunity to attempt to be of service to the one Creator by sharing our humble thoughts with you on the subject of transformation. As always, we would ask that each of you employs his powers of discrimination as each listens to that which we have to say or reads those words which we share at this time. Follow the resonance in those thoughts that appeal to you and seem full of life to you. If those things which we have to say do not happen to have any resonance, then we would ask for you to leave them aside and continue seeking until you find that which resonates to you, for your powers of discrimination are quite adequate to allow you to sense the rightness of those things which you need to take in to your process at this time. This applies not only to our words, but to all of those things which you hear or read. Let your natural ability to discriminate between that which is for you and that which is not for you function in the way that it should and follow the law of attraction. We thank you for this consideration. It will allow us to speak our thoughts freely without being concerned that we may infringe upon your free will or disturb the rhythmic flow of your process.

Transformation is a somewhat overused term among those who seek in the ways of spirit. Both your established religions and your alternative spiritual practices tend to speak of transformation, until it has almost become diminished, as a word, from having been overused. In its roots, my friends, it means to change form, to cross over from one form to another. In a different word with the same root, transformation often follows an intake of information to form new mental and emotional formations, thus precipitating the deeper self into the need to accommodate new information. By information we do not simply mean that which is taken in through the process of reading books, attending seminars, or listening to inspired speakers. We speak of the whole intake process of a working, conscious, awakened spirit in incarnation on Planet Earth. There is a tremendous amount of information which flows into the five senses and moves through the awareness and the thought processes of each entity, all things being grist for the mill. So, transformation is a move from one stage or phase of life to another. It almost has the connotation or the inference of being that of a shape shifter, where you actually change your spiritual or metaphysical shape.

There are models of transformation which are helpful in thinking about times of change within the self as it undergoes realizations of accumulated information which have precipitated change. One model is the much clichéd butterfly. And there is some advantage to thinking of transformation using this model. The unawakened pupae and larvae go about their routines, eating and becoming ready to enter into a phase of development that is transformative in a way that changes the form of life from that which crawls to that which flies. And you may see that time of transformation as precipitated by the going into the cocoon of dealing with new thoughts and letting those thoughts marinate within your consciousness. The thoughts and concepts which you have taken in can come from many, many sources; only partially those of the intellect and intellectual activities such as reading and discussing and pondering inspired thoughts or thoughts that you hope will be inspired. You also are processing the cumulative cycles of your feelings. And you are dealing with the challenges that you are experiencing in all of the various chakras, especially the first three chakras, in terms of those stages leading up to transformation.

And when, in the natural course of time, you spring forth from your cocoon you are indeed a new creature, looking at life from a slightly different vantage point: higher, broader. Little do you know that you also have become beautiful and are flying from person to person and thought to thought with life-giving pollen within your touch. You do not even know you are transmitting it, for the pollen of the awakened spirit is that of being rather than doing, and there is little of intellectual nature in how an entity becomes able to be of service to others by the very radiance of his being. However, that model of transformation suggests that first you were unawakened and couldn’t fly, and now you are awakened, and you can fly. First you were a slug, and now you are beautiful. And such butterfly thoughts will actually get you nowhere.

The group question was: “And we would like you to speak to this concept of transformation. How do we come about it? Is there a time within our seeking that is most right for it? Is there a way that we can aid it most effectively? Talk to us about transformation.” Q’uo began by saying transformation is an overused term among those of us who seek in the ways of spirit because both our established religions and our alternative spiritual practices speak of transformation until it has become diminished from having been overused, and in its roots it means to change form, but in a different word with the same root, transformation follows an intake of information to form new mental and emotional formations, thus precipitating our deeper self into the need to accommodate new information, and by information Q’uo did not mean that which is taken in through the process of our reading books, attending seminars, or listening to inspired speakers, but they spoke of the intake process of a conscious spirit in incarnation on Earth, and there is a tremendous amount of information which flows into the five senses and moves through the awareness and the thought processes of each of us, all things being grist for the mill, so transformation is a move from one phase of life to another, and it has the connotation of being that of a shape shifter, where we change our spiritual metaphysical shape. Q’uo went on to say there are models of transformation which are helpful in thinking about times of change within ourself as we undergo realizations of information which have precipitated change, and one model is the butterfly, for there is some advantage to thinking of transformation using this model because the unawakened pupae and larvae go about their routines, eating and becoming ready to enter into a phase of development that is transformative in a way that changes the form of life from that which crawls to that which flies, so we may see that time of transformation caused by our going into the cocoon of dealing with new thoughts and letting those thoughts marinate within our consciousness, and the concepts which we have taken in can come from many sources with some being those of our intellectual activities such as reading and discussing inspired thoughts or thoughts that we hope will be inspired, so we are also are processing the cumulative cycles of our feelings, and we are dealing with the challenges that we are experiencing in the various chakras, especially our first three chakras, in terms of those stages leading up to transformation. Q’uo continued by saying  when we spring forth from our cocoon we are a new creature, looking at life from a higher and broader vantage point, but little do we know that we also have become beautiful and are flying from person to person and thought to thought with life-giving pollen within our touch, but we do not  know we are transmitting it, for the pollen of the awakened spirit is that of being rather than doing, and there is little of intellectual nature in how we become able to be of service to others by the radiance of our being, but that model of transformation suggests that first we were unawakened and couldn’t fly, and now we are awakened, and we can fly, but such butterfly thoughts will get us nowhere. On February 2, 1997, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the awakened spirit:

It is well to move back always to one’s basis for being, to be sure the feet are standing upon solid metaphysical ground. Starting with unconditional Love is always correct and accurate as a mental or logical beginning. Now, as sparks of that original Love, each of you has, through many incarnations, distorted in various ways this original vibration. And each of you basically yearns to more and more closely approach the original vibration which is unconditional Love. So, in that sense each of you is seeking to become the Creator, seeking to be lost completely in unconditional Love. This thirst and hunger that you have to be closer to the source and the ending of all things is that thirst and hunger that the awakened spirit feels.

Once you have awakened to your spiritual identity, you cannot go back to sleep. You have to see your life and your priorities from that point on in a way which deals with the fact that you are now on a journey whose end you do not know, whose next steps you may not know. And you are on this journey with nothing more than your hopes and dreams and some companions along the way.

For transformation is a cycle. It is an inevitable cycle. You will transform. You shall become a new creature. The only question is whether or not you wish to accelerate the process of your own spiritual evolution. Those who are listening to these words and those who read them are those who wish to become more than they have been. That wish, in and of itself, will hasten the rate of speed of change in your life. For by wishing to be transformed and by being willing to be transformed, you make the space for being transformed. Consequently, we would perhaps rather use the transformational model of the also much clichéd chambered nautilus, which outgrows his house and therefore enlarges his house, without ever leaving his house. Just in such a way do you enlarge your point of view as you move through these cocoon-like periods and emerge from them with the sense of having a new perspective which has created for you the self-perceived feeling of being a new creature. You continue to expand your awareness in a cyclical manner until such time as you pass from this environment through the gates of larger life, where you shall not lose a beat in continuing your spiritual evolution.

Therhythm of transformation is linked to several things, and we shall look at various of them. Firstly there is the, shall we say, outer or non-chosen portion of transformation which has to do with your life-cycles. There is a natural tendency for each cell in your body to be born, mature, and pass. And there is a natural time for each part of the experience of your incarnation to flourish and then to make way for a different experience, based simply upon the accumulation of time and experience in your incarnation. You have little control over this particular part of the cycle of transformation. It is part of your body, part of your mind, part of your emotions, part of the natural phases of life. There is the part of transformation which is involved in very deep and subtle energies, such as the stars in your sky, the sun especially, and the moon. The monthly, annual and slowly revolving astrological patterns of your life will have some sway over the rhythm of your cyclical transformations.

And certainly the times that now are upon you, where the fourth density is virtually present, interpenetrating third density, has set you awash in energy tide after energy tide, so that you are constantly being washed with rhythmic waves of truth, love and understanding. This has the effect upon anyone who is at all sensitive to these energies of creating a more lucid ability to look at the mirroring that is going on in your particular life at this time. Each relationship which you have gives you a mirror for yourself. Just as in your dreams, each character represents a portion of yourself. So, in the waking life each interaction with another entity shows you the mirror of yourself, in part, in the actions and behaviors, the thoughts and the concepts offered by that interaction. Consequently, you are constantly seeing portions of yourself mirrored in a somewhat distorted way by those who are in relationship with you.

Then Q’uo said transformation is an inevitable cycle, and we shall become a new creature, so the only question is whether or not we wish to accelerate the process of our spiritual evolution, and those of us who are listening to these words, and those who read them, are those who wish to become more than they have been since that wish will hasten the rate of speed of change in our life, for by wishing to be transformed and by being willing to be transformed, we make the space for being transformed, so Q’uo said they would rather use the transformational model of the chambered nautilus, which outgrows his house and therefore enlarges his house, without ever leaving his house, and in such a way do we enlarge our point of view as we move through these cocoon-like periods and emerge from them with the sense of having a new perspective which has created for us the self-perceived feeling of being a new creature, and we continue to expand our awareness in a cyclical manner until such time as we pass from this environment through the gates of larger life, where we shall not lose a beat in continuing our spiritual evolution. Now Q’uo said the rhythm of transformation is linked to several things, and they will look at some of them, so firstly there is the outer  transformation which has to do with our life-cycles, and there is a natural tendency for each cell in our body to be born, mature, and pass, and there is a natural time for each part of the experience of our incarnation to flourish and then to make way for a different experience, based upon the accumulation of time and experience in our incarnation, but we have little control over this part of the cycle of transformation because it is part of our body, our mind, our emotions, and part of the natural phases of life, so there is the part of transformation which is involved in deep and subtle energies, such as the stars in our sky, the sun, and the moon, and the monthly astrological patterns of our life will have some sway over the rhythm of our cyclical transformations. Q’uo went on to say the times that now are upon us, where the fourth density is interpenetrating third density, has set us awash in energy tide after energy tide, so that we are constantly being washed with rhythmic waves of truth, love, and understanding, and this has the effect upon anyone who is sensitive to these energies of creating a more lucid ability to look at the mirroring that is going on in our life at this time, so each relationship gives us a mirror for ourself, and just as in our dreams, each character represents a portion of ourself, so in the waking life each interaction with another entity shows us the mirror of ourself in the actions and the thoughts offered by that interaction, so we are seeing portions of ourself mirrored in a distorted way by those who are in relationship with us. On July 21, 1985, Latwii spoke of the mirroring effect:

You will feel in one manner or another about yourself or some portion of yourself, according to the desire you have to learn in that area and your own conscious or subconscious assessment of your success, in so learning. This process of learning and judging the self is one which is always ongoing, yet is usually not as conscious in the earlier portions of one’s incarnation as it is in the latter portions. Therefore, as you become more and more aware of your own self and come to know that self, a portion of this awareness is gained by seeing your feelings for yourself reflected by others to you as your feelings for others. Thus, the mirroring effect of other selves shows you your attitude towards a portion of your own being. As you become more and more aware that this is the case, the process then is accelerated.

Allof these changes and chances, all of these natural cycles, create a basic default. The human was created to transform. That is the nature of the self-conscious, physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual being that you are. That is your potential, and that is your destiny: change from one form into another, from one kind of thought into another whole paradigm of thought. You cannot help but progress. So, you may feel easy about whether or not you are changing, whether or not you are being successful at transforming. It is inevitable for you to go through transformation upon transformation and you do not have to push or thrust yourself towards transformation. You may relax in the knowledge that it is inevitable. Then there is the part of the transformational experience which has completely to do with your will, your hunger, and your thirst for understanding and truth. The more passionate that you are about seeking the truth, the more you are able, as a metaphysical entity working in time/space, to have an effect upon the pace of your transformative rhythm. It is entirely possible for an entity who is awake and conscious and aware of the process of change to accelerate the pace of that change by quite a bit.

The fundamental transformation of a human being within incarnation is from that spiritual childhood of feeling that one is tossed about by outside forces and dependent upon luck and chance for the road one is on and the road one may choose to be on, to a more mature spiritual awareness in which the entity has taken responsibility for the occurrences and events of everyday life, realizing that in those very events lies all the grist needed for the mill of transformation. Consequently, if a seeker wishes to maximize the opportunity for accelerating the rate of spiritual evolution within this refinery of souls which is third density, the seeker may decide to begin to hone and focus his efforts by the focusing and whetting of his appetite for the truth. The most effective tool in working towards transformation is the self-conscious living of the life. We are not talking about those who mull endlessly over every detail of their life and thought throughout each day, but rather we are talking about the most effective way to work towards transformation. The most effective resource is one’s own ability to observe oneself without affecting that which is being observed.

Now Q’uo said all of these changes of the natural cycles create a default, and the human was created to transform because that is the nature of the self-conscious, physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual being that we are, and that is our destiny: to change from one form into another, from one kind of thought into another paradigm of thought, so we cannot help but progress, and we may feel easy about whether or not we are being successful at transforming, so it is inevitable for us to go through transformations, and we do not have to push ourself towards transformation, so we may relax in the knowledge that it is inevitable since there is a part of the transformational experience which has to do with our will and our hunger for understanding and truth, and the more passionate that we are about seeking the truth, the more we are able, as a metaphysical entity working in time/space, to have an effect upon the pace of our transformative rhythm, so it is possible for an entity who is awake and aware of the process of change to accelerate the pace of that change. Then Q’uo said that the fundamental transformation of a human being within incarnation is from the spiritual childhood of feeling that we are tossed about by outside forces and depend upon luck for the road we are on and the road we may choose to be on, to a more mature spiritual awareness in which we have taken responsibility for the events of everyday life, realizing that in those events lies all the grist needed for the mill of transformation, so if we wish to maximize our opportunity for accelerating our rate of spiritual evolution within this refinery of souls which is third density, we may decide to begin to focus our efforts by whetting our appetite for the truth, and the most effective tool in working towards transformation is our self-conscious living of our life, but Q’uo was not talking about our mulling endlessly over every detail of our life and thought throughout each day, but rather they are talking about the most effective way to work towards transformation, and the most effective resource is our ability to observe ourself without affecting that which is being observed. On September 13, 1981, Hatonn spoke of a way that we can enhance our spiritual evolution:

May we only suggest that in any seeking which you may undertake, if you should wish to evaluate its effectiveness as regards your own spiritual evolution, you may simply ask yourself the question, “How may I serve others through this activity?” If you can find ways to share the Love of the Creator with those brothers and sisters who are one with you upon this planet, then you have done that which is of great value, and you have accomplished a feat that few upon your planet can name as their own.

The one known as Jim spoke of being aware that in transformation it was important not to judge. And this is the kind of objectivity about which we are speaking. It is indeed important, indeed central, to refrain from judgment as one goes through the collecting of information about the self that is necessary in order for the self to be offered up and thus become empty enough to have the space in which to transform. It is ironic, is it not, that in the search for truth the answers lie not in discovering that which can be known, but in discovering that the secrets to the mystery of transformation lie in unknowing and faith. Faith is the most powerful force in the universe, it being another name for realized or positively realized Love. You live in a universe made of Love. The original Thought was a Thought of unconditional Love.

As you transform, the core of your transformation is an awareness that has not been there before about the nature of your central or deepest self as being part of Love itself or the creative principle, which is the one great original Thought of unconditional Love. As you become full of new information that brings you to a place of transformation, you suddenly discover that you are no longer full. You discover that this very fullness and sense of new life tips you into the corresponding and balancing awareness of oneself as knowing nothing. It is a devastating portion of transformation, this realization that nothing is known and that nothing can be known within the illusions of the Earth world.

Yet as one moves through that which has been called the Purgative Way, one becomes aware that one is utterly empty. And there is a kind of purity in that emptiness that is powerful. You become the Holy Grail which you seek because you are that cup which is now empty or that hand outstretched which has nothing in it, ready to receive that which is new, that which comes from the great original Thought to transform you as a creature so that you have become that which is new. Then that cycle begins again, where you start from a new place in the spiral of evolution. It is if it were, in a flattened spiral, the same place you have been before in this incarnation. Yet, because it is an upward spiral, you are always moving to that place you were before with a new mind, so that you meet that repeating theme or those repeating themes of your incarnation from a new place of observation and experience.

Q’uo continued by saying Jim spoke of being aware that in transformation it was important not to judge, and this is the kind of objectivity about which Q’uo was speaking because it is central to refrain from judgment as we go through collecting information about ourself that is necessary in order for us to be offered up and become empty enough to have the space in which to transform, but it is ironic that in the search for truth the answers lie, not in discovering that which can be known, but in discovering that the secrets to the mystery of transformation lie in unknowing and faith because faith is the most powerful force in the universe, and it is another name for Love, and we live in a universe made of the original Thought of unconditional Love. Q’uo went on to say as we transform, the core of our transformation is an awareness that has not been there before about the nature of our deepest self as being part of Love, or the creative principle, which is the one great original Thought of unconditional Love, and as we become full of new information that brings us to a place of transformation, we discover that we are no longer full, and we discover that this very fullness and sense of new life tips us into the balancing awareness of ourself as knowing nothing, so it is a devastating portion of transformation, this realization that nothing is known, and that nothing can be known within the illusions of the Earth. Then Q’uo said as we move through the Purgative Way, we become aware that we are empty, and there is purity in that emptiness that is powerful so that we become the Holy Grail which we seek because we are that cup which is now empty ready to receive that which comes from the great original Thought to transform us as a creature so that we have become that which is new, and then the cycle begins again where we start from a new place in the spiral of evolution in a flattened spiral, the same place we have been before in this incarnation, yet because it is an upward spiral, we are always moving to that place we were before with a new mind, so that we meet those repeating themes of our incarnation from a new place of experience. On June 3, 1990, Q’uo spoke of how we can discover a new mind:

Thus, each of you fails and has the subjective self-criticism which can be the cruelest and harshest criticism leveled by any, harsher than any other would give to you. Yet, at the same time there is the undeniable awareness of the absolute possibility of beginning anew with a new mind, a new heart, and a clean and unblemished conscience. Each of you has done the work necessary to learn this basic archetype, this basic part of the architecture of the self, and in many cases it is a part of why many do not feel it appropriate to seek forgiveness from an outer source when the Creator has placed within the self, in a sanctified and permanent structure, the very heart of self-forgiveness which must always precede new beginnings.

There are themes to most entities’ incarnations, recurring leitmotifs  of the music of your life. For this instrument, for instance, the theme is the study of how to offer love without the expectation of return. It is a powerful lesson in that one learns again and again that one’s life is not the life of one who reacts, but one who offers from the creative or generative heart that which is given without any expectation of anything in return. Once one has begun to learn this lesson, one can begin to see how transformed one’s life is by the ability to live as a part of the Godhead principle; as one who is willing to let Love flow through him. It is one of several very common themes for those who have come to this planet in order to be subject to the athanor  of experience. Each experience which one has becomes a source of possible catalyst. And as one pays more and more attention to one’s catalyst, one becomes more and more able to recognize these recurring themes of incarnational-level lessons that are part of each entity’s life in a unique way.

No two entities have the same exact incarnational lessons, for each has chosen those lessons carefully. Consequently, each person, as he transforms and becomes a new person, is offering an energy that has never been offered before in the infinite annals of the creation, for each transformation is from one unique being to another equally unique being. We thank each for the power and the beauty of the energies which are being run during transformation. The courage of each in being able to go through these dark nights of the soul and to see the magical nature of the self is greatly appreciated by those of us who do not dwell within the veil of unknowing, but have access to the truth in a much less veiled way.

It may help those seeking to maximize their ability to be transformed and transformational beings to look at the essence of the shaman’s experience. The shaman, whatever his nationality or culture, is basically that entity who chooses to go through the death experience while remaining alive. Those of Ra spoke of the shamans of the time of Egypt, who used the pyramid to go down under the pyramid into that catafalque-like place where sensations were numbed and an entity was closed up from all incoming experience, thus mimicking the death process. After days spent within that tomblike place under the pyramid, the experience of death had been well met and the entity was then able to observe life with a delight and an appetite that would not have been available to the one who had not experienced that death of the senses, the death of sensation, the death of stimulation, shall we say.

Q’uo went on to say there are recurring leitmotifs of the music of our life, and for Carla the theme is the study of how to offer love without expectation of return, and it is a powerful lesson in that we learn again and again that our life is not the life of one who reacts, but one who offers from the creative heart that which is given without any expectation of return, and once we have begun to learn this lesson, we can begin to see how transformed our life is by our ability to live as a part of the Godhead principle, as one who is willing to let Love flow through us, so it is one of several common themes for those who have come to this planet in order to be subject to the athanor  of experience because each experience which we have becomes a source of catalyst, and as we pay more attention to our catalyst, we become more able to recognize these recurring themes of incarnational-level lessons that are part of each entity’s life in a unique way. Then Q’uo said no two entities have the same incarnational lessons, for each has chosen those lessons carefully, and as we transform and become a new person we are offering an energy that has never been offered before in the infinite creation, for each transformation is from one unique being to another equally unique being, and Q’uo thanked each of us for the power and the beauty of the energies which are being run during transformation, and the courage of each of us in being able to go through these dark nights of the soul and to see the magical nature of ourself is greatly appreciated by those who do not dwell within the veil of unknowing, but have access to the truth in a much less veiled way. Q’uo went on to say it may help us to maximize our ability to be transformed to look at the essence of the shaman’s experience because the shaman is that entity who chooses to go through the death experience while remaining alive, and Ra spoke of the shamans of the time of Egypt, who used the pyramid to go down under the pyramid into the resonating chamber: ”where sensations were numbed, and an entity was closed up from all incoming experience, thus mimicking the death process, and after days spent within that tomblike place under the pyramid, the experience of death had been well met, and the entity was then able to observe life with a delight and an appetite that would not have been available to the one who had not experienced that death of the senses, the death of sensation, the death of stimulation, shall we say.” On November 24, 2007, Q’uo spoke of another type of the experience of death that could create an enhanced vision of life:

The closest analog to the shaman’s experience of death which the place below the pyramid offered are the American Indian rituals of the sweat lodge and the vision quest. In the sweat lodge the heat takes one beyond the bounds of human awareness. It feels very much like a death or as if one were close to death and this is often a trigger for new awareness and the epiphany of the moment that has been sought.

The great vigor available to the shaman comes from that entirely organic and spontaneous delight which one who has been dead takes in life, after experiencing the deprivation of the dark night of the soul. Whether by the vision quest or by the steam and the heat of a sweat lodge, or by any of those transformative experiences that can be found throughout the various cultures of your planet, there is the completely novel experience of new life, new growth, new hope, and new beingness. With each transformation there is more of an appreciation for the gift of awareness and an ever more transparent ability to allow things to move through one. One becomes a radiant being, not because one has more light within the self, but because one is more able to allow light to move through the energy body and out into the world. It is not that one becomes a more powerful ego, but that one has allowed to drop away from the self many things which were either blocking or dimming the Light which moves through each entity within creation.

As entities become more spiritually mature, they become more and more aware that they do not know anything. They become more and more aware that they are living in the now, and that this now is a beautiful, magical, wonderful moment, wherein two worlds meet, the world of phenomenal experience and the world of infinity and eternity. They become aware of themselves as a place where these two worlds may express at the same time. They are embodied spirits and may feel both the day and the night, the heat and the cold and all of the dynamics of opposites that create the world of male and female, the Earth world. At the same time they are able to feel the energies of infinity and eternity move through them and create that consciousness which only time/space and timelessness can offer.

Gradually an entity becomes aware of himself as one who plays in the waters of time, much as an otter plays in the pool, leaping and jumping for the very joy of movement, rejoicing and enjoying water and the sunshine and all that occurs in the rhythmic cycles of play. It is not that one takes oneself less seriously in terms of being willing to spend the life dedicating the self to the infinite Creator and to service to others, but rather it is that the burden of being a serious seeker falls away before the very organic and natural, lighthearted, and merry vision of oneself and awareness of oneself as a creature of the one infinite Creator, not striving, but being. The feeling becomes almost one of curiosity. “Ah, I am in this present moment. Creator, where shall you toss me now? What is your will for me this day?”

Q’uo said the great energy available to the shaman comes from that spontaneous delight which one who has been dead takes in life, after experiencing the deprivation of the dark night of the soul, and whether by the vision quest, or the heat of a sweat lodge, or by any transformative experience that can be found throughout the cultures of our planet, there is the novel experience of new life and new hope, so with each transformation there is more appreciation for the gift of awareness and more ability to allow things to move through us, and we become a radiant being, not because we have more Light within ourself, but because we are able to allow Light to move through our energy body and out into the world, but it is not that we have a more powerful ego, but that we have allowed to drop away from ourself many things which were dimming the Light which moves through each entity within creation. Then Q’uo said as we become more spiritually mature, we become more aware that we do not know anything, and we become more aware that we are living in the now, and that this now is a magical moment where the world of phenomenal experience and the world of infinity meet, and we become aware of ourselves as a place where these two worlds may express at the same time because they are embodied spirits and may feel both the day and the night, the heat and the cold and all of the dynamics of opposites that create the world of male and female, the Earth world, and at the same time we are able to feel the energies of infinity move through  us and create that consciousness which only time/space can offer. Q’uo completed their reply by saying gradually we become aware of ourself as one who plays in the waters of time jumping for the joy of movement, water, and the sunshine and all that occurs in the rhythmic cycles of play, but it is not that we take ourself less seriously in terms of being willing to spend our life dedicated to the infinite Creator and to service to others, but it is that the burden of being a serious seeker falls away before the organic and lighthearted vision of ourself as a creature of the one infinite Creator, not striving, but being, so the feeling becomes one of curiosity: “Ah, I am in this present moment. Creator, where shall you toss me now? What is your will for me this day?” On April 11, 2009, Q’uo said that the feminine principle has the energies of infinity within it:

The feminine principle, on the other hand, dwells in a state of rest, aware in a direct way of the energies of infinity and eternity. The moon sings through the blood of the woman. The cycle of the seasons echo in her and to the biological feminine is given intimate awareness of the ocean of life as she conceives and carries new life within her.

We would at this time pause to ask the group if there are follow-ups to this central question before we take other questions from you. We are known to you as Hatonn and we now pause.

A: I have a follow-up question. Is Don Juan Matus, the teacher of writer, Carlos Castaneda, real? Can you talk about him as an entity and a shaman?

We are those of Q’uo, and are of aware of your query, my brother. Because this question is part of your active process at this time, we find that we would be influencing you unduly were we to comment directly. We can, however, offer some thoughts connected with this query having to do with spiritual principles, if that would be acceptable to you, my brother.

A: Yes, gladly.

We are those of Q’uo, and therefore are able to proceed in some way. We apologize that our desire to maintain our polarity causes us to refrain from more specific information.

One spiritual principle involved within your query which may be helpful to you is that of truth being untouched by its vehicle. That is, the question of whether one such as Don Juan Matus or Jesus the Christ or Zarathustra was real is irrelevant to spiritual seekers. Each thought that has been thought by any entity in creation has a reality. It has a vibrational nature. Depending upon the intensity of that thought, its life may be tenuous or powerful. And if a group of entities are working with the construct of a Don Juan Matus or a Jesus the Christ or a Zarathustra, then the thought forms connected with this entity build up and have a life of their own, with their vibrational characteristics depending upon the strength of those who come to form themselves by thinking along the lines suggested by one of these great teachers.

Another spiritual principle that is sometimes helpful when gazing at the writings of those inspired entities which have written is polarity.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

When an entity who is teaching is purely positive in polarity, there is within the teaching a flow of wisdom and compassion which does not have to do in any way with control over others. The magical systems of many of your cultures, including the so-called sects of the Christian religion, sometimes contain mixed polarity in that there is the attempt, either by the leader of a sect or a type of thought or by the organization that rises up around a leader or a professor of a certain system of thought, which is hopeful of controlling and manipulating entities or situations.

The positive polarity has no axe to grind, but exists in an energy of faith, love, gratitude, and joy. Often wonderful teachings that are very positive in polarity are intermixed with teachings that have strongly moved into the energies of yellow ray, where there is the ability to work in groups. And instead of sinking into the group and allowing the group to express its worship and its practices on a spontaneous and radiant basis, there is the negative yellow-ray concern for the manipulation and disposition of its members, or of situations having to do with entities with whom it is in relationship.

A: I have a follow-up question. “Is Don Juan Matus, the teacher of writer, Carlos Castaneda, real? Can you talk about him as an entity and a shaman?” Q’uo began by saying one spiritual principle involved within your query which may be helpful to you is that the question of whether one such as Don Juan Matus, or Jesus the Christ, or Zarathustra was real is irrelevant to spiritual seekers since each thought that has been thought by any entity in creation has a vibrational nature, and depending upon the intensity of that thought, its life may be tenuous or powerful, and if a group of entities is working with the construct of a Don Juan Matus, or a Jesus the Christ, or a Zarathustra, then the thought forms connected with this entity build up and have a life of their own depending upon the strength of those who are thinking along the lines suggested by one of these great teachers. Q’uo went on to say another spiritual principle that is sometimes helpful when gazing at the writings of those inspired entities which have written is polarity, and when an entity who is teaching is purely positive in polarity, there is within the teaching a flow of wisdom and compassion which does not have to do with control over others, and the magical systems of many of your cultures sometimes contain mixed polarity in that there is the attempt, either by the leader of a sect, or by the organization that rises up around a leader of a certain system of thought, which is hopeful of controlling entities or situations. Then Q’uo said the positive polarity has no axe to grind, but exists in an energy of faith, love, and joy, and often teachings that are positive in polarity are mixed with teachings that have moved into the energies of yellow ray, where there is the ability to work in groups, and instead of sinking into the group and allowing the group to express its worship on a radiant basis, there is the negative yellow-ray concern for the manipulation of its members, or of situations having to do with entities with whom it is in relationship. On September 22, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the positive nature of the combination of wisdom and compassion that can lead to the positive nature of our services:

Gratitude is indeed a spiritual principle, my brother. The energy of gratitude contains a world of wisdom and compassion. For one is gratified not only because of the good things, so called, not only the sunny days, but the rainy days, the stormy days, the tsunami. All weathers whatsoever, all, are occasions for gratitude. Therefore, this practice is of a very high order of excellence and we commend you, my brother, for working with this principle in humility and in joy.

There is simplicity to the spiritual walk that baffles the intellectual mind. All that occurs is that which comes before the self in order that the self may practice responding with vibrations as close as humanly possible to the vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is unconditional Love. Consequently, the response of one that is vibrating at his highest and best shall always be love.

We will encourage the one known as A and all of those who read concerning very helpful and interesting ideas such as the one known as Don Juan Matus offers in his system of teaching, to, again, as we said at the beginning of this session, maintain the most thoughtful discrimination so that you slow down the process of absorption of new material to the pace where you can absorb it in a considered and comfortable manner. There is often a tendency towards impulsivity when one is surrounding oneself with the thoughts of a new source of inspiration. This impulsivity does not serve the seeker nearly as well as the attitude of being one who reflects and then lets go, and then reflects again, and then lets go, so that one gradually deepens one’s intelligence concerning a particular system of thought.

There are always pearls that are just for you, but there is almost always surrounding material that acts more as fertilizer than as jewel. So there is that process, when working with inspired material, of slowing that self down who is so eager for the fruits of this system to the pace that enables the seeker truly and genuinely to absorb material in a way that does not rush the fences of intellect and toss one into a situation where one is simply beginning to repeat by rote various things that a particular entity has suggested to be true.

Then Q’uo said we encourage A and all of those who read concerning helpful ideas such as the one known as Don Juan Matus offers in his system of teaching to maintain thoughtful discrimination so that you slow down the process of absorption of new material to the pace where you can absorb it in a comfortable manner because there is a tendency towards impulsivity when one is surrounding oneself with the thoughts of a new source of inspiration, and this impulsivity does not serve the seeker as well as the attitude of being one who reflects and then lets go, and then reflects again, and then lets go, so that one deepens one’s intelligence concerning a particular system of thought. Q’uo completed their reply by saying there are pearls that are just for you, but there is always surrounding material that acts more as fertilizer than as jewel, so there is that process, when working with inspired material, of slowing the self down to the pace that enables the seeker to truly absorb material in a way that does not rush the fences of intellect and toss one into a situation where one is simply beginning to repeat by rote various things that a particular entity has suggested to be true. On March 28, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the way that we can work with inspired material:

Thusly, it is aptly said that some works are timeless and in their classic goodness exceed all ages, speaking to those of any age, any century, whose minds are shaped at that moment to perceive and to work with those concepts. It is not something special that those who read the material generated this evening converge upon a place in time/space, for this occurs whenever entities come together with an idea that is greater than themselves and takes them out of themselves.

In this wise, it might also be noted that those who study a body of inspired material, whether it be the Bible, the Kabbalah, the Koran, the Upanishads, or Lao Tzu’s writings, are entering into the awareness of material of which many others have been aware. Consequently, when one is resting in the contemplation of this inspired material, one is in the company of many, many entities from the inner planes who, when they were incarnate, studied this same material.

May we answer you further, my brother. We are those of Q’uo.

[Pause]

A: If you are asking me if I want more, I’d just as soon hear a question from someone else.

We are those of Q’uo, and therefore would ask if there is another query at this time?

[Pause]

Jim: Not from me, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and believe that we have exhausted the queries in this circle of seeking at this particular session of working. That leaves us with regret in a way, for we have greatly enjoyed our ability to be a part of your seeking circle and to experience the beauty of your blended auras. Thank you so much for inviting us to share in your meditation. It has been a blessed experience for us and a wonderful opportunity for us to serve the infinite Creator in the type of service that we have chosen. We leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, encouraging each to seek the Creator in all things and to set the mind upon Love, for that is that which is the truth. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I ran a couple of errands with my first stop at Paul’s Fruit Market to buy some deer repellant and some food for myself.

This afternoon I planted the last of the garden impatiens on the north end of the Wuthering Heights Mound. And it looks like I will need another 16 to complete that area. Then I planted a flat of dianthus in the end of the small garden along the parking area in front of the Wuthering Heights Mound. And it looks like I will need another two flats to complete that area. Then I watered all the flowers with fertilizer in it and finished the work by spraying the flowers with deer repellant.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 23

The Holy Vibration

I am the Spirit of the full consciousness of ove. I greet you in the name of Jesus the Christ.

For the spiritually oriented seeker, names are very important. For the breath that is the Spirit of Love molds itself into vibrations which have a profound effect upon the creature which, though physical, has resonances with the metaphysical self in its analog.

That is to say that the name of the Lord of your life has the vibration of strength for you. Thus, the name of Jesus, though not the earthly name, Jehoshua, nevertheless bears the strongest vibratory significance to the instinctual, creaturely self which resonates with the analogous spiritual body which is the spiritual body incorruptible.

Know that the breath of the Spirit is breathed into you as you think upon holy names and is breathed from you as you consciously vibrate words of Love which are meaningful to those whom you wish to love and serve.

We leave you upon the holy vibration of peace, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from December 15, 2007:

The question we have today, Q’uo, is about the meaning of Christmas in our world. Please tell us about the spiritual principles involved in living a life that follows in the footsteps of Jesus; specifically, about living from the heart, living in love. And since this is a season of giving, also please mention the principles about giving with love or giving from the heart.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day and always. It is our great pleasure to share this time with you and to be called to be part of your meditation and your circle of seeking. Thank you for this privilege and honor. It is always a wonderful experience to be part of this beautiful array of energies as you combine in one circle to seek the truth, and we are honored. We are happy to speak with you concerning the Christmas season and the issues of living in the way of Jesus the Christ, and giving as the season seems to request that one does with the kind of Love that the one known as Jesus the Christ would have. As always, we would ask that each of you use your discrimination in listening to our thoughts. Follow and use the thoughts that seem resonant and good to you. If a thought does not seem resonant to you, please leave it behind. We do not expect to hit the target of your own personal needs with each and every thought that we share. We thank you for this consideration.

We wish to say to the one known as R that the part of the principle of Q’uo which is speaking through this instrument this evening is the Brothers and Sisters of the Hatonn group. The subject is unconditional Love, which is this entity’s native vibration. Consequently, we shall express through the one known as Hatonn this evening.

Winter comes upon the planet in the geographical area in which you live in much the same way as night follows day. It is an inevitable and worthy part of the cycle of life. And yet the loss of the Light is a powerful catalyst for those souls who dwell within the more dimly lit wintertime. The long, slow periods of darkness in winter seem very dark indeed and that Light which succeeds in shining through the storms of winter is ofttimes pale and wan, for the sun is farther away. This creates within the third-density entity an inevitable response. In some cases, if an entity is close to the physical death, the lack of Light will encourage an entity to move through the gateway into the larger life. The darkness of winter claims many who would perhaps live through the summer and yet because it is winter there is a natural tendency to rest, relax and seek that gateway to larger life. It is a powerful catalyst, and we would not wish to belittle those who find themselves distressed at the chill and darkness of this season of the year.

Yet, of course, it is at this very season that the Light is desired the most, yearned for and prayed for the most and awaited with the most eagerness. In just such a way does all negative catalyst bring the seeking soul to the point of realizing and expressing the yearning, the hungering, and the thirsting for Light, truth and Love. It is a natural response to this lack of Light to band together and to create a special day, a day that flies in the face of darkness, a day of rejoicing and extra Light, a day of abundance of food and drink and generosity of person to person.

And so, it has been since long before the one known as Jesus the Christ walked your Earth and took part in this season of darkness. Yet it was the genius of the human spirit that caused the taking of the natural and non-religious observance of the winter solstice and the turning of it into a holy day or a holiday. Indeed, the one known as Jesus the Christ was born in the summertime. Yet it is psychologically right for third density that the birth of this entity was placed in the very heart of the winter’s darkness. So, let us look at this moment when light comes into the darkness. Firstly, we would suggest that each of you is that element which is Light born into darkness. Whatever your natural day of birth, you share the birthday of Jesus the Christ in terms of what some among you would call the time of being born again. You are each the infant Jesus the Christ, wrapped in swaddling clothes and lying in the rough manger which holds the hay for the cows to eat.

The group question for this session was: “The question we have today, Q’uo, is about the meaning of Christmas in our world. Please tell us about the spiritual principles involved in living a life that follows in the footsteps of Jesus; specifically, about living from the heart, living in love. And since this is a season of giving, also please mention the principles about giving with love or giving from the heart.” Q’uo began by saying winter comes upon the planet in the area in which we live in much the same way as night follows day because it is a worthy part of the cycle of life, yet the loss of the Light is a powerful catalyst for souls who dwell within the more dimly lit wintertime, and the long periods of darkness in winter seem very dark, and that Light which succeeds in shining through the storms of winter is often pale, for the sun is farther away, and this creates within us an inevitable response, for if we are close to the physical death, the lack of Light will encourage us to move through the gateway into the larger life, so the darkness of winter claims many who would perhaps live through the summer, and because it is winter there is a natural tendency to relax and seek that gateway to larger life, and it is a powerful catalyst, and Q’uo would not wish to belittle those who find themselves distressed at the chill and darkness of this season of the year. Then Q’uo said that it is at this season that the Light is prayed for the most and awaited with eagerness, and in such a way does all negative catalyst bring us to the point of realizing and expressing the hungering for Light and Love, and it is a natural response to this lack of Light to band together and to create a day of rejoicing and extra Light, a day of abundance of food, and drink, and generosity of person to person. Q’uo continued by saying it has been long since Jesus the Christ walked our Earth and took part in this season of darkness, yet it was the genius of the human spirit that caused the taking of the natural observance of the winter solstice and turning it into a holy day, yet Jesus the Christ was born in the summertime, and it is psychologically right for third density that the birth of this entity was placed in the heart of the winter’s darkness, so Q’uo wanted to look at this moment when Light comes into the darkness, and they suggested that each of us is that element which is Light born into darkness, and whatever our natural day of birth, we share the birthday of Jesus the Christ in terms of what some among us would call the time of being born again because each us is the infant Jesus the Christ, wrapped in swaddling clothes and lying in the rough manger which holds the hay for the cows to eat. On March 10, 1991, Q’uo spoke of what it means for us to be born again:

Nothing can be known, but you have all inside, each of you has all inside. And as one approaches the self, more gently, more quietly and more aware of the true nature of the self, one is able to see that one is indeed born again, as so many of your peoples have been distressed to hear the phrase. Born within as a self-aware, eternal Light being, to aid the Earth that you so love, to aid the changes that must come. It is simply necessary to find who you are and then be who you are in the very most truthful way, the most honest way that you can. All else will follow.

When one accepts the higher wisdom of this mysterious Love one is a servant, yet one is for the first time entirely free of the prison of flesh and bone, life, and death. One has become a citizen of eternity. Give respect to that part of yourself that is being born with the so-called new age. Love that child within. Nurture it within your heart’s womb. Talk to it. Cherish it. Nurture it. And as you cherish the growing awareness of who you truly are you open your eyes at the present moment, and there is your service before you, precisely there. It may distress you. It may be a pile of dirty dishes. It may be a discipline problem with a child. It may be digging a hole. It may be anything whatsoever. If it is done in love and compassion and respect for this experience right now, it is the greatest service you could ever perform. For you are being an entity that approaches the illusion fearlessly and lovingly.

You are also the blessed Virgin Mary who nurtures this tiny child, this point of brilliant Light within the darkness of human experience. And you are Joseph, tolerant, patient, and supportive, ready to work as a carpenter to support his wife, the nurturer, and his child, the Christ, the principle of Love. And you are the shepherds who come in wonder and awe to lay down their shepherds’ crooks and kneel at the feet of Mary, gazing with wonder at this precious, precious infant. And there is a portion of you, deep within your soul, which has never been separated from the one infinite Creator in any wise. That portion of you is the angels, singing, “Hallelujah, hallelujah, hallelujah! Glory and peace.”

It is a poignant moment. And it says a good deal about the human condition. It evokes, as the one known as Jim said to this instrument recently, contemplation of the nature of relationships. For the one known as Jesus, this precious point of Light coming into the world, could not have survived infanthood had it not been for the web of relationships he had with his parents and with the owner of the inn that allowed Mary a place to rest her head on the night of his birth, while the shepherds flocked to that manger and formed a deep relationship with this infant. In the gladsome and free times of summer, with its limitless Light, so it seems, the importance of the support and Love of that web of support that is called the family and those special relationships that are called friendships do not seem so urgent a matter. The winter night is far more revealing of the importance of these relationships of soul to soul, heart to heart, and hand to hand.

Therefore, and quite justly, it is often a time for families to join together to renew old ties, share memories of times long past, and experience the somewhat surrealistic and eerie feeling of time falling away and one’s childhood seeming to come back to one, as one experiences these old, old relationships with much shared history that are true of the birth family of mother and child, sister and brother. It is also a time when it seems appropriate to many to open their hearts in generosity to their friends and celebrate the precious gift of mutual support and encouragement. The one known as Jim also suggested to this instrument that this is a good time to reflect upon each relationship, asking the self if there is any way in which the self has flinched away from intimacy and the positive nature of each relationship; asking the self, “Could I see anything in which I perhaps failed to express the depths of my appreciation and love for the other entity?”

Then Q’uo said we are also the blessed Virgin Mary who nurtures this tiny child, this point of brilliant Light within the darkness of human experience, and we are Joseph, patient, and supportive, ready to work as a carpenter to support his wife, the nurturer, and his child, the Christ, the principle of Love, and we are the shepherds who come in awe to lay down their shepherds’ crooks and kneel at the feet of Mary, gazing with wonder at this precious infant, and there is a portion of us deep within our soul, which has never been separated from the one infinite Creator in any wise, so that portion of us is the angels, singing, “Hallelujah, hallelujah, hallelujah! Glory and peace.” Q’uo went on to say it is a poignant moment, and it evokes, as Jim said to Carla recently, contemplation of the nature of relationships, for Jesus, this precious Light coming into the world, could not have survived infanthood had it not been for the web of relationships He had with His parents and with the owner of the inn that allowed Mary a place to rest her head on the night of His birth, while the shepherds flocked to that manger and formed a relationship with this infant, so in the gladsome times of summer, with its limitless Light, the importance of the support and Love of that web of support that is called the family and those relationships that are called friendships do not seem so urgent a matter, but the winter night is far more revealing of the importance of these relationships of soul to soul, and heart to heart. Then Q’uo said it is often a time for families to join together to renew old ties and experience the eerie feeling of time falling away and our childhood seeming to come back to us as we experience these old relationships with much shared history that are true of the birth family of mother and child, sister and brother, and it is also a time when it seems appropriate to many to open their hearts in generosity to their friends and celebrate the gift of mutual support, and as Jim suggested to Carla that this is a good time to reflect upon each relationship, asking if there is any way in which we have moved away from intimacy and the positive nature of each relationship asking our self, “Could I see anything in which I failed to express the depths of my appreciation and love for the other entity?” On October 11, 2008, Q’uo spoke of the value of mutual support:

The quality of companionship and mutual support that you are able to experience in a group when you are giving your support to others, and they are generously and unstintingly giving it right back to you, has an effect upon the way that you feel about yourself. There is a validation there on a level that does not have words. And this relaxes you and allows your self-confidence to become—not overweening and proud—but this takes away the tendency towards contracting and worrying about things.

This is, indeed, that moment in the seasons of the year’s cycle where it is especially appropriate to create expressions of apology and forgiveness; apology to those whom you perhaps feel that in your own judgment you held back from offering all of your love. And likewise, it is a time to think of those who may have, in your own judgment, done that same thing to you and to offer up a complete and total forgiveness and a reestablishment of that intimacy, as if that flaw that you see has been completely healed.The nature of unconditional love dwells not only in the one known as Jesus the Christ but in Carla the Christ, in C the Christ, in R the Christ, in S the Christ, in P the Christ and in everyone, the Christ.

The Christ does not come into your world in strength. The Christ does not come into your world in power. The Christ does not come into your world in riches. Indeed, the infant soul comes into the world helpless. With infinite Love it gazes with its infant eyes upon a world lost to darkness, despair, disappointment, and grief. And it looks upon that lost world with eyes of unconditional Love. That Light that cannot be put out. That unconditional, everlasting, eternal Love gazes from the eyes of a child who cannot speak; who cannot take care of himself; who is in every way needy.

My beloved friends, so are you needy. Your infant soul gazes upon a lost world also, that interior world of your own suffering. It is helpless to speak to it. It is helpless to act. It can only gaze upon you with eyes of unconditional Love. And so, we would ask you at this time to look deeply within your own self at that infant soul within you that is so beautiful and so pure. Let your heart melt and open and enfold that infant soul of yours as if your love were swaddling clothes. Pick up that child and rock it and hold it to your bosom and feed it your attention. What does your soul need to grow strong? What shall you offer this infant within you? A baby needs attention. A baby needs support. A baby needs care. And so we would suggest to you, dear ones, to enter into that stable of your soul and dedicate yourself, not for one moment but for all of your incarnation, to nurturing and taking care of that soul within you that is seeking to gain in strength; that is seeking to thrive and find the life in which it may become more and more able to express in ways more understandable than the silence of a baby.

Q’uo went on to say this is that moment in the seasons of the year’s cycle where it is appropriate to create expressions of apology to those whom we feel that in our own judgment we held back from offering all of our love, and it is a time to think of those who may have done that same thing to us and to offer up forgiveness and a reestablishment of that intimacy, as if that flaw that we see has been completely healed, so the nature of unconditional Love dwells not only in Jesus the Christ but in Carla the Christ, in C the Christ and in everyone the Christ. Q’uo continued by saying the Christ does not come into our world in strength, or in power, or in riches, but the infant soul comes into the world helpless, and with infinite Love It gazes with Its infant eyes upon a world lost to darkness, despair, and grief, and It looks upon that lost world with eyes of unconditional Love and that Light that cannot be put out, that unconditional and eternal Love gazes from the eyes of a child who cannot speak, who cannot take care of Himself, and who is in every way needy. Q’uo went on to say, beloved friends, so are you needy since your infant soul gazes upon that interior world of your suffering, and it is helpless to speak to it or to act, but it can only gaze upon us with eyes of unconditional Love, and Q’uo asked us to look within our self at that infant soul within us that is beautiful and pure, and let our heart open and enfold that infant soul of ours as if our love were swaddling clothes, and pick up that child and hold it to our bosom and feed it our attention because a baby needs attention, support, and care, and Q’uo suggested to us to enter into that stable of our soul and dedicate our self for all of our incarnation to nurturing that soul within us that is seeking to gain in strength, that is seeking to find the life in which it may become more able to express in ways more understandable than the silence of a baby. On February 26, 1989, Latwii spoke of the value of caring for that soul within us:

Thus, you may see that your soul is, indeed, in your hands. You may learn; you may polarize; you may reclaim your birthright. You may advance as you wish—slowly, moderately or quickly. We encourage each to nurture the infant soul within, for, indeed, each of you, in terms of the full spectrum of experience which you shall have within this octave of creation, are very young souls. You are doing your most important work at this time—not your hardest work, by any means, my children, for refining upon the choice is a challenge that takes, in your measurement of time, millions and millions of years.

What is it to be a soul dwelling in the darkness of a physical body? What kind of care does that infant soul need? We would ask that you turn your body into a temple, that you fill it with light, feed it the food that makes it be its lightest, offer it the studies and the thoughts that bring it light, and offer that soul the attention that it needs by remembering to embrace that soul nature that is your very heart, not just on a holy day or on a Sunday, but on every day and in every moment of your year and of your life. For in truth, you are far more the essence of the Christ than you are the essence of the temple which is your body, your personality, and your outer self. Christmas gives you a chance to move through all of the darknesses of self to find, sturdy and strong and ever living, that consciousness of unconditional Love that lives at the heart of yourself and is your true essence.

Theone known as R asked about the principles involved in giving, and giving with love and from the heart. We would speak to that as well. This instrument has often noted the mechanical nature of much of the customary habits of people with regard to the conventional ways of expressing friendship or relationship in general, not only at Christmas time. There is a principle of reciprocity. And one can feel very trapped by this principle of reciprocity. For if one goes to a party, then one is expected to hold a party and invite the ones who gave you a party. And so, one becomes locked into an endless cycle of giving a party and attending a party, giving a party and attending a party, until one becomes heartily tired of having parties.

Much of this mechanical nature has spilled over into that special season of Yuletide and certainly each of those to whom we speak is aware of the pressure upon each entity to think of appropriate gifts for those whom it holds dear and to purchase them or make them and offer them. Naturally, just as inviting someone to a party is not toxic, deciding to give a present is not toxic either. It is, in fact, an expression of joy, gratitude and thanksgiving that is full of the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. Blessed indeed is that entity who refuses to be swayed from that intention to express true feelings by the generosity of gifts. This instrument, for instance, truly enjoys giving and receiving gifts, yet it would not occur to this instrument to offer gifts from duty, and we see that as a virtue within this particular soul. Its honesty can be seen to be a rudeness by those who feel that entities should give mechanically and in reciprocity to those who give to them, or give because of a certain relationship even if there is no love there or regard.

Q’uo continued by saying they would ask that we turn our body into a temple, that we fill it with light, feed it the food that makes it be its lightest, offer it the studies that it needs by remembering to embrace our soul nature that is our very heart, not just on a holy day but on every day and in every moment of our life, for in truth, we are far more the essence of the Christ than we are the essence our body, our personality, and our outer self, and Christmas gives us a chance to move through all of the darknesses of our self to find strong and ever living that consciousness of unconditional Love that lives at the heart of our self and is our true essence. Then Q’uo said they would speak to the principles involved in giving with love and from the heart, and Carla has often noted the mechanical nature of much of the customary habits of people with regard to the conventional ways of expressing friendship, and there is a principle of reciprocity, for if we go to a party, then we are expected to hold a party and invite the ones who gave us a party, and we become locked into an endless cycle of giving a party and attending a party until we become tired of having parties. Q’uo continued by saying much of this mechanical nature has spilled over into the season of Yuletide, and each of us to whom Q’uo speaks is aware of the pressure upon us to think of appropriate gifts for those whom we hold dear and to offer them, but just as inviting someone to a party is not toxic, deciding to give a present is not toxic either as it is an expression of joy and thanksgiving that is full of the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, and blessed is that entity who refuses to be swayed from that intention to express true feelings by the generosity of gifts, and Carla enjoys giving and receiving gifts, yet it would not occur to her to offer gifts from duty, and Q’uo sees that as a virtue within her, and her honesty can be seen to be a rudeness by those who feel that entities should give mechanically and in reciprocity to those who give to them, or give because of a certain relationship even if there is no love there. On September 27, 1981, Hatonn spoke of how we are always giving and receiving gifts:

My friends, there is no way that you can refrain from accepting service and being of service. You are interlocked and meshed in the tapestry of giving and receiving and it takes a great deal of effort to refrain from the realization of all that you receive and all that you may give. We are sad to report that among your peoples it is not uncommon for people to realize that they are receiving gifts from others, but it is very common for people to refrain from the realization that they have many gifts to give and that they are giving those gifts without effort, without trying, with their very existence.

For each of you, my friends, like a flower, is beautiful and radiant and perfect and although you may not see yourself in this light, there are those who do, and who find in each of you an inspiration of thought, of feeling that that person needs and realizes, although you have no consciousness of being of service.

What we would suggest, in order to uphold the principle of unconditional Love, is that, before writing down the gift list of those to whom you wish to give gifts, you enter into prayer and ask for the gift of sincerity as well as the gift of generosity. Allow yourself the luxury of giving only from the heart, as the one known as R said, only from the depths of a sincerely felt love and never from a duty or from the mechanical routines of a society that does not overly prize honesty and sincerity and genuineness. We would ask you to be authentic in those gifts that you do give. And as you give the gift, again, pray over that gift, imbuing it with your love, your affection, your appreciation and your gratitude for the gift of relationship. That is how the gift gives to you. For love is reflected in love and that which is given in love blesses you a hundred times over.

Contrariwise, that which is given in the emptiness of custom and habit has a blessing neither for the giver nor for the receiver. There is an energy to the gift that is given well that can be felt by that one who opens the gift, and it makes of any tiny gift a wonderful, abundant present. That which is given without love, on the other hand, remains a thing, an object, that which is not imbued with the spirit. In the round robin before this channeling, the one known as R asked if it would be all right to ask this particular question because he had so appreciated the work of the one known as Aaron, who makes it a habit at Christmastime to share stories about an incarnation in which he was associated with the one known as Jesus.

As this instrument observed at this time, we cannot do that, for we have not shared any incarnations with any of those upon your planet. Yet, we can share that in every civilization, wherever hearts beat, and hopes are high, there lives the personification of unconditional Love in one savior or another, one hero or another, one saint or another. And those Christs, and heroes, and saints are you and I and everyone. Each shall have his moments throughout the long journey back to the one infinite Creator of realizing the self as the Christ, not in any egoistical way but in the sense of giving over the life completely to unconditional Love and finding at last the source of all hunger and thirst being filled by embracing the consciousness of unconditional Love.

Each of you is on a journey toward that identity and that nature. And you shall not find that identity and that nature by tossing away that which you are at this very moment for something better. Nay, my friends, you are, now, all that you need to be. You are perfect. You may not see as of yet that you are the Christ child, that you are Spirit, that you are unconditional Love. Yet we say to you that you may trust and rely upon the fact that this is the essence of all of you and each of you, every single one of you. You may be in prison and have done terrible things. You may be on the road hungry and in despair. You may be angry or hurting or separated from that feeling of love by one thing or another. And yet we say to you that you are the Christ. You are, in your essence, unconditional Love. And your journey as a spirit within incarnation may be described as a journey towards that realization and then towards the expressing of that realization when it has become your gift to yourself.

Now Q’uo said they would suggest, in order to uphold the principle of unconditional Love, before writing down the gift list of those to whom we wish to give gifts, we pray and ask for the gift of sincerity as well as the gift of generosity, and allow our self the luxury of giving only from the love our heart and never from the mechanical routines of a society that does not prize honesty and sincerity, and they asked us to be authentic in those gifts that we do give, so as we give the gift, pray over  it, imbuing it with our love and our gratitude for the gift of relationship since that is how the gift gives to us, for love is reflected in love, and that which is given in love blesses us a hundred times over. Then Q’uo said that which is given in the emptiness of habit has a blessing neither for the giver nor for the receiver, but there is an energy to the gift that is given well that can be felt by the one who opens the gift, and it makes of any gift a wonderful present, but that which is given without love remains an object and is not imbued with the spirit, and in the round robin before this channeling, R asked if it would be all right to ask this question because he appreciated the work of Aaron, who makes a habit at Christmastime to share stories about an incarnation in which he was associated with Jesus. Q’uo said as this instrument observed they cannot do that, for they have not shared any incarnations with any of those upon our planet, yet they can share that in every civilization, wherever hearts beat, and hopes are high because there lives the personification of unconditional Love in one savior or another, one saint or another, and those Christs are everyone, and each of us shall have our moments throughout the journey back to the one infinite Creator of realizing our self as the Christ in the sense of giving over our life to unconditional Love and finding the source of all hunger being filled by embracing the consciousness of unconditional Love. Q’uo completed their reply by saying each of us is on a journey toward that identity, and we shall not find that nature by tossing away that which we are for something better because we are all are perfect, but we may not see that we are the Christ child, the Spirit, and  unconditional Love, yet Q’uo said that we may rely upon the fact that this is the essence of all of us, and we may be in prison having done terrible things, or we may be angry and separated from that feeling of Love by one thing or another, yet Q’uo said that we are the Christ, and in our essence we are unconditional Love, so our journey as a spirit within incarnation may be described as a journey towards that realization and then towards the expressing of that realization when it has become our gift to our self. On June 18, 2005, Q’uo said that we are the Christ:

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo, and, my sister, we believe that you have begun to answer our question for us. It is our sincere belief that you are the Christ. It is our belief that each of you was sent forth from the Father, as this instrument calls the one infinite Creator, to be His daughter and to be His son. The tongues of flame have touched your lips, the Spirit has descended upon your head, and you have been created! And you shall change the face of the Earth.

We would at this time ask if there is a follow-up to this question. We are those of Q’uo.

R: I’d like to make an observation and then ask Q’uo to comment. I have been thinking about gifts as Q’uo was speaking, and to me, and I think to others who listen to Confederation entities, it seems a kind of a gift that entities would come and try to speak to us in a way that is uplifting and inspiring. So, I always think about giving thanks. Yet I also remember that Confederation entities see that as a service. I want to ask Q’uo if they would like to comment on how they see the appreciation that those who listen give to messages of inspiration.

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query, my brother. Indeed, you are correct in that we consider it a privilege to be asked to share our opinions, because we have chosen as our way of service to others to share our thoughts when asked. May we say that your appreciation is a great gift to us. We do not know when we speak as to whether we will hit the mark. We feel into the vibrations of your particular circle and the dynamics of all of those that happen to be listening to our words, and we find various points and various layers of meaning, all of which are sincerely and genuinely requested by the various persons in the circle of seeking.

We are also limited by the fact that we must speak to the least aware of those within the circle, so that we do not leave any behind. And so, we create concepts and share them with this instrument, who then shares them with you. And we do not know whether we have hit the mark at all. So, when we find entities responding to our words in a positive way, it is as though we were bathed in your love. And we are very happy and joyful that we have succeeded in doing that which we hoped to do. It is a joy to have not only attempted to be of service but to have the impression that we have succeeded, at least in part, in sharing our Love and our Light in ways that are helpful to you and form a resource for your further spiritual endeavors.Perhaps we should say that we feel as if we were being swaddled in your love and understanding and it feels very, very good.

May we answer you further, my brother?

R: Thank you, Q’uo. I think you hit the mark far more often than you imagine!

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you for that comment, my brother. May it be true now and ever when you call for us and request our presence. May we ask if there is another query of this group at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

[Long pause.]

We are those of Q’uo, and we have indeed satisfied the questions of those present at this time. May we thank you for the present of asking us to be with you and to share our opinions with you. You are a blessing to us, indeed! And we always stand in awe of the beauty of your hopes and your vibrations as you create together this sacred space and fill it with your request for the truth, for Love and for Light. May you go well, my friends in this Christmas season. May you go well, my friends, through that which buffets the soul at a time when there is tenderness and affection in the air and yet so very, very many are focused upon other things.

Let it not dismay you, let it not distress you. Go deep! Dive into the heart of yourself and of the souls about you, seeing in them not those insincerities and thoughtlessnesses that so often pervade this winter solstice season. Do not let the darkness in yourself or in others keep you from the gladsome light of new life, new growth, new truth, and new light. Let it be summer in your heart. And that light which you are shall make your environment radiant! And light shall abound. We leave you in the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo and to each of you we say, Adonai, Adonai. Love, Light, power and peace. We are those of Q’uo. 

This morning I went over to Baptist East Hospital to have and MRI test to see how the osteopenia in my back is doing. On the way home I stopped at Theineman’s Nursery and bought another flat of dianthus flowers. Then I stopped in at Walmart and bought some Choc-Zero chocolate candy for a snack in the evening and some Pepsi-Zero. My third stop was at Feeder’s Supply where I bought two bags of birdseed. My last stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some food for myself.

This afternoon I transplanted six flats of zinnias into the top of the Wuthering Heights Mound. Then I watered them with fertilized water and sprayed them with deer repellant.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 22

The Waterfall

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love divine.

There is a waterfall that streams from infinity, its sparkling rainbow cascades invisible to the eye but full of healing and health, nourishment and nutrition for the Spirit.

This cascade flows wherever there is consciousness. And the Love that surrounds you is there because you are loved. This day, allow the consciousness of that Love to fill you, that all that you do, you may do for the Love of Jesus Christ.

Have you the chores, the small tasks, the seemingly unimportant dusting and paperwork and foolishness of that sort? Do it for the Love of Jesus the Christ. Do all for the Love of the Creator. Then shall the waterfall of Love be answered by your love.

Then shall the waterfall move into you and through you to bless the world anew. For only the created can express the uncreated Light that is the waterfall of divine Love. Feel it surround you. Express it within you. Allow it to flow through you. And do all that you do for the Love of the Christ.

We leave you in the consciousness of its peace, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 10, 2007:

The question tonight is: Conspicuously absent in the philosophy of the Ra contact is any mention of the surrender of the conscious self to a guidance, intelligence or will greater than its own, be it the higher self, Love and Light, or the Creator. Where is there room for God’s grace and surrender in Ra’s philosophy? If surrender is suggested in Ra’s philosophy, what does an entity surrender?

(Carla channeling)

We are known to you as those of the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Our hearts are full of gratitude that you should call us to your circle of seeking to respond to the question of the place of grace and surrender in the path of the Law of One. We are delighted to share our thoughts with you upon this subject. As always, we would preface our remarks by requesting that each who listens to or reads these words reserves the right of discrimination as you listen or read, in order that you may choose which of our thoughts you shall pursue and use and which you shall lay aside. Not all of our thoughts shall be equally appropriate for you, and we would ask that, rather than taking our thoughts as a whole and attempting to work with them all, you choose those that resonate to you personally. For the path of truth for each seeker is unique, and we would not be a stumbling block in your way by distracting you from the path of your own resonance. If you shall do this we shall be most grateful, for it clears the way for us to know that we are not infringing upon your freewill or disturbing the rhythm of your process.

The question before us has to do with the place of surrender or grace in the system of philosophy or thinking that we have offered through this channel previously. Firstly, we shall remark that the philosophy or system of thinking which is sometimes known as the Law of One or the Confederation Philosophy posits a singular, unitary consciousness in which all parts are interactive, and all things are one. If all things are one, to what shall any soul surrender? This is why there is no mention of such a surrender within our thoughts which we share with you.

Now let us look at the way of the world, as we might call that world in which it would seem that there is a self that is error-prone and there is a separate Creator which is perfect. This imperfection is contrasted and separate from perfection. The human self of third density is set apart from the Creator of that third-density soul. There are two basic ways in which those of your culture choose to make the demarcation between the human and the divine. The first is that of the Christian, the Jewish, and the Islamic religions or philosophical systems, if you will, in which there is required of the sinner a repentance and a surrender of the human self in order to worship, adore, and be redeemed by the Creatorship of the Messiah or the God named Allah whose prophet is Mohammed. This system of demarcation of human and divine takes its flavor from the male energy of the God-name involved in all three religious systems.

The forerunners to these religions were systems of myth and magic in which there were sacrifices of animals and, in some cases, humans, so that the blood might ascend to the heavens and please the perfect Creator, which then would smile upon the sinning and erroneous human. The human, then, was redeemed to divinity through the sacrifice of an innocent, be it the animal or the virgin human. In your Holy Bible there is the figure of Abraham being ordered by the Creator to sacrifice his son, Isaac. Not questioning the Creator in any way, Abraham builds a fire, sets the wood, sets the tinder ready to light the fire, then binds his son to the fire to make a human sacrifice as requested by the Creator. At the last instance a ram is found caught in a thicket. Isaac is set free, and the ram takes the son’s place.

The group question for this session was: “Conspicuously absent in the philosophy of the Ra contact is any mention of the surrender of the conscious self to a guidance, intelligence or will greater than its own, be it the higher self, Love and Light, or the Creator. Where is there room for God’s grace and surrender in Ra’s philosophy? If surrender is suggested in Ra’s philosophy, what does an entity surrender?” Q’uo began by saying the question before us has to do with the place of surrender in the system of philosophy that we have offered through Carla previously, so we shall say that the philosophy which is known as the Law of One reveals a unitary consciousness in which all parts are interactive, and all things are one, and if all things are one, to what shall any soul surrender? And this is why there is no mention of such a surrender within our thoughts which we share with you. Q’uo went on to say let us look at the way of the world in which it would seem that there is a self that is error-prone and there is a separate Creator which is perfect, so there are two ways in which those of your culture choose to describe the difference between the human and the divine, and the first is that of the Christian, the Jewish, and the Islamic religions in which there is required of the sinner a repentance and a surrender of the human self in order to worship and be redeemed by the God named Allah whose prophet is Mohammed, and this system of demarcation of human and divine takes its flavor from the male energy of the God-name involved in all three religious systems. Then Q’uo said that before these religions there were systems of myth in which there were sacrifices of animals and humans, so that the blood might ascend to the heavens and please the perfect Creator, which then would smile upon the sinning human who was redeemed to divinity through the sacrifice of an innocent animal or the virgin human, and in your Holy Bible there is the figure of Abraham being ordered by the Creator to sacrifice his son, Isaac, and not questioning the Creator Abraham builds a fire, sets the wood, sets the tinder ready to light the fire, then binds his son to the fire to make a human sacrifice as requested by the Creator, and at the last minute a ram is found caught in a thicket, and Isaac is set free, and the ram takes the son’s place. On April 16, 2006, Q’uo spoke about the way of the world in the time of Jesus:

For the one known as Jesus, the old way of doing things was the way of the world. The old way was the way of money, power, and influence. The one known as Jesus was suggesting that it was time for people to wake up, to turn from their worldly ways and release their concepts of the importance of money, power, and influence. The one known as Jesus had another kingdom in mind than the kingdom of the world. He called that the kingdom of heaven. He was interested in turning people’s minds from the world to heaven, from fear to love. As he talked about the end times, therefore, this entity was speaking in stories and parables, not attempting to teach literally but attempting to create an atmosphere in which the truth would become clear.

In the New Testament, the son is not so lucky. There is no ram in Jerusalem, and Jesus the Christ is crucified upon Golgotha. In both Testaments the figure is the same—one innocent to die in order to redeem all of sinful humanity. Over against this type of demarcation between human and divine one may gaze at the systems of Buddhism and Hinduism, in which the erroneous human is set over against emptiness, nothingness, release, rest, and freedom from suffering. In this figure each entity becomes the Christ, sacrificing its selfhood entirely in order to become free of suffering and thereby free of the wheel of karma and endless incarnations. What these two systems have in common is a careful split betwixt humanity and divinity or the profane and the sacred. Within the Law of One, no such demarcation exists. Rather, it is posited that each entity within third density has the one infinite Creator at the heart of every fiber of its being.

The mystery of the Law of One is that implicit within the egg of humanity is the full-grown creature of Godhead. And implicit within the Creator is that sending forth of those seeds of self into illusion in order to gather information concerning Its own identity. This does not mean that the concepts of surrender and grace have no relevance to the Law of One, but rather that the process of spiritual evolution is seen, in this model of seeking the truth, to be a journey inward. There is no reaching outside of self but rather the intention to seek the heart of self, which is the one infinite Creator. This is a model which your culture cannot support and which consensus reality itself finds it difficult to understand. Your culture cannot see the infinite value of the self or assume that perfection lies within the self, which is always seen as prone to error and foolish and flawed in many ways.

Consensus reality has no entrance into a system of thought which posits the perfection of humanity for it is quite obvious, when one gazes upon oneself or another being, that neither oneself nor another being either expresses perfection or contains perfection in some latent state. Being unconscious of the illusory nature of third density, the culture simply has no way to absorb or understand a system in which it is posited that all that is, including perfection, exists within the self. We have spoken many times about this journey inward. We have spoken about that surface of life that is consensus reality which, rather than being earth, has more of the quality of the ocean, liquid, penetrable, deep, and capable of being entered by the diver who dives deep, perhaps to gather pearls from the ocean’s floor and to bring up those precious pearls to store away in the treasure house.

Then Q’uo said in the New Testament, the Son is not so lucky since there is no ram in Jerusalem, and Jesus the Christ is crucified upon Golgotha, and in both Testaments the figure is the same of one innocent to die in order to redeem all of the sins of humanity, so looking at this type of difference between the human and the divine we may gaze at the systems of Buddhism and Hinduism, in which the erroneous human is set over against the rest and freedom from suffering, and in this figure each entity becomes the Christ, sacrificing Its selfhood in order to become free of suffering and free of the wheel of karma and endless incarnations, so what these two systems have in common is a split between humanity, and within the Law of One, no such demarcation exists, but it is seen that each entity within third density has the one infinite Creator at the heart of every fiber of its being. Q’uo continued by saying

the mystery of the Law of One is that within the nature of humanity is the Godhead, and implied within the Creator is that sending forth of those seeds of our self into the illusion in order to gather information concerning  our identity, but this does not mean that the concepts of surrender and grace have no relevance to the Law of One, but that the process of spiritual evolution is seen to be a journey inward. There is no reaching outside of our self but the intention to seek the heart of our self, which is the one infinite Creator, and this is a model which consensus reality finds it difficult to understand, and our culture cannot see the infinite value of our self or assume that perfection lies within our self, which is always seen as prone to error and flawed in many ways. Q’uo went on to say consensus reality has no entrance into a system of thought which assumes the perfection of humanity, for it is obvious, when we gaze upon our self or another being, that neither our self nor another being expresses perfection because being unconscious of the illusory nature of third density, our culture has no way to understand a system in which it is assumed that all that is, including perfection, exists within our self, and Q’uo  has spoken many times about this journey inward, and that surface of life that is consensus reality which, rather than being earth, has more of the quality of the ocean being liquid, deep, and capable of being entered by the diver who dives deep, to gather pearls from the ocean’s floor and to bring up those pearls to store away in the treasure house. On November 6, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the nature of consensus reality:

As we were speaking of the difference between consensus reality, or the world of illusion, and the metaphysical universe, or the world of time/space, we were speaking of a finite universe as opposed to an infinite universe. Your everyday, consensus reality is measurable. One can measure the terrestrial ball upon which you walk. One can measure the beat of your heart and the pressure of your blood. One can use instrumentation to measure the exact electrical charge of each thought that you think.

The world of metaphysics is not measurable by such instrumentation as you are aware of in your everyday world. It is a world in which anything is possible because you are unbounded by any limitation whatsoever except those you create for yourself. The world of time/space is the world of consciousness. It is the world of infinity and eternity. The reason it is difficult for us to describe this to you is that your mind is a space/time artifact. The intellectual brain, that marvelous problem-solving biocomputer, is not capable of grasping the infinite. It can only grasp it by saying, “Oh, it is that which goes beyond that limit.” But since the mind thinks in finite terms, there is always an end to that place that is beyond. And then infinity must again be invoked so that that limit too is transcended.

Our consciousnesses have a regular and layered nature. The surface of the ocean of consciousness is that infinitesimal part of yourself that is fully invested in consensus reality. You are as one who floats upon the surface as long as you are content to remain uncurious as to what lies beneath the surface of self. Much of your psychology is content to remain largely upon the surface of self and to work with the structure of the personality. We have called the personality the “personality shell” to indicate that it is, in a way, a husk which protects the fruit that lies so sweetly within. As long as you feel that you are your personality and are limited by your traits, gifts, and limitations of personality, then you shall float upon the ocean of consciousness, never penetrating below the surface disturbances of waves, moved forever by the moon’s attraction and washed with the tides that ebb and flow with all the influences on the surface personality.

It is our suggestion that you are capable of diving more deeply within the folds of your personality and penetrating at last into deeper waters which are, although illusory, far less distorted in their ability to express the truth of the oneness of all creation and the beauty, the truth and the Creatorship within each soul. We can use words like Christ Consciousness or Cosmic Consciousness to help the seeker begin to penetrate the idea that there is an internalized Christhood within each cell of your body and within each iota of your emotions, your mentality, and your spirit. Thusly, we see a journey that slowly develops for each seeker. The beginning of the journey is the awareness that there is more to the illusion than meets the eye. This awareness rouses the seeker and creates a hunger and a thirst for the truth that is missing from consensus reality.

There is a flatness perceived to consensus reality. Birth, growth, adulthood, working, marriage, children, friends, getting older, failing in health, and then dying are the signposts of the journey across the flat, even if turbulent, sea of consensus reality. However, the seeker becomes aware that this model of life is not accurate—or not fully accurate. Once the seeker has awakened to the knowledge that there is infinitely more than this life and these details of life, the seeker can no longer go back to sleep. Once awake, the journey has begun. There are various ways in which the seeker grows as he seeks ever more deeply for the truth about himself. If the seeker uses the settled religions which we mentioned earlier in an attempt to penetrate the truth of himself and his relation to the Creator, he is forever dependent upon an “other.”

Now Q’uo said our consciousnesses have a regular nature so that the surface of the ocean of consciousness is that tiny part of our self that is fully invested in consensus reality, and we are as one who floats upon the surface as long as we have no interest as to what lies beneath the surface of our self, and much of our psychology is content to remain upon the surface of our self and to work with the structure of our personality, so Q’uo has called the personality the “personality shell” to indicate that it is a husk which protects the fruit that lies so sweetly within, and as long as we feel that we are our personality and are limited by our traits and the limitations of  our personality, then we shall float upon the ocean of consciousness, never penetrating below the surface disturbances of waves, moved forever by the moon’s attraction and washed with the tides that ebb and flow with all the influences on the surface personality. Then Q’uo said it is their suggestion that we are capable of diving deeply within the folds of our personality and penetrating into deeper waters which are, although illusory, less distorted in their ability to express the truth of the oneness of all creation and the Creatorship within each soul, and Q’uo can use words like Christ Consciousness or Cosmic Consciousness to help us begin to penetrate the idea that there is an internalized Christhood within each cell of our body and within each iota of our emotions, mentality, and spirit, so they see a journey that develops for each seeker, and the beginning of the journey is our awareness that there is more to the illusion than meets the eye, so this awareness awakens us and creates a thirst for the truth that is missing from consensus reality. Q’uo continued by saying that there is a flatness perceived to consensus reality regarding birth, growth, adulthood, working, marriage, children, friends, getting older, failing in health, and then dying  which are the signposts of the journey across the turbulent sea of consensus reality, but the seeker becomes aware that this model of life is not fully accurate, and once we awaken to the knowledge that there is infinitely more than this life and these details of life, we can no longer go back to sleep because our journey has begun, and there are various ways in which we grow as we search more deeply for the truth about our self, so if we use the settled religions which Q’uo mentioned earlier in an attempt to penetrate the truth of our self and our relation to the Creator, we are forever dependent upon an “other.” On April 6, 2003, Q’uo spoke of the truth about our self:

The Creator within you, the Truth of yourself, is happy to live your life. You have sufficient spiritual impulses within you to move through your incarnations in a state of true peace and undiluted joy. Yet it is something for which permission must be given from the self to the self. One must give oneself permission to be conten, and happy, and blessed, for these are not things which are in the training which your culture offers its people. It is not taught among your people that happiness is a natural state, but rather that struggling and competition are the natural state. And each is aware of many ways in which the culture itself offers these lessons to those who are growing and in need of instruction. Always it is the spiritual sense alone that is able to release the conflicts, the struggles, those things which are the truth of the illusion, in order to turn once again to the stunning mystery of oneness, to the love that is all that you see, to the Light that has created all that is, without blinking at those things which seem good and which seem evil.

If the seeker is aware that he is seeking his deepest self, then there is no other, there is only a growing desire to lay aside each mask, each husk, and each trait of personality that veils from him the deepest truth of his nature. Yet this is not a mechanical process. There is no “stairway to heaven” as the song phrases it. There is only the gentle and continuous intention to allow the dropping away of all of those things that keep the awareness from beholding the presence of the one infinite Creator. And this is where surrender and grace reenter this Law of One. For the surrender is to the deeper self. And in surrendering to the deeper truth of the self, the shallower identifications of self with personality traits, accidents of birth, race, religion, and so forth, melt away. All distinctions blur beside the presence of the Creator within.

Itis as though the seeker orbits the self, closer and closer, until finally it is drawn into the heart of self by a kind of spiritual gravity. And suddenly there bursts forth an awareness, a satori, a realization, an epiphany. And in that moment the self is known to the self. And that self is love. Blessed are those moments of grace when all masks fall away and the naked self stands fearless, beholding its own nature, which is sacred and divine. We do not object at all to the seeker’s use of “otherness.” For instance, this instrument works with mystical Christianity and patterns her life after the example of the one known as Jesus, the Christ, whom she calls her Beloved, whom she follows, for whom she would die, and for whom she lives. She is aware of the relative impurity of a model which contains the self and an other-than-the-self. Yet to contain her devotion and channel it in a productive and positive way, she uses the conventions to which she was born in consensus reality as a conscious being.

Q’uo continued by saying if we are aware that we are seeking our deepest self, then there is only a growing desire to lay aside each trait of personality that veils from us the deepest truth of our nature, yet this is not a mechanical process since there is only the continuous intention to allow the dropping away of all of those things that keep our awareness from beholding the presence of the one infinite Creator, and this is where surrender and grace reenter the Law of One, for the surrender is to our deeper self, and in surrendering to the deeper truth of our self the shallower identifications of our self with personality traits, race, and religion melt away, and all distinctions blur beside the presence of the Creator within. Then Q’uo said it is as though we orbit our self until it is drawn into the heart of our self by spiritual gravity, and suddenly there bursts forth a realization, and in that moment our self is known to our self as Love, and blessed are those moments of grace when all masks fall away, and our naked self stands fearless, beholding our own nature, which is sacred and divine, so Q’uo did not object to the our use of “otherness” since Carla works with mystical Christianity and patterns her life after the example of the one known as Jesus the Christ, whom she calls her Beloved, whom she follows, for whom she would die, and for whom she lives, and she is aware of the relative impurity of a model which contains the self and an other-than-the-self, but to contain her devotion and channel it in a positive way, she uses the conventions to which she was born in consensus reality as a conscious being. Q’uo went on to say it is a way to avoid paradox since the conscious mind, with its logical nature, has a dislike of paradox, and it is paradoxical to say both that our surface self is real, and that our deepest expression of our self is real, yet that is what Q’uo says, knowing that it is a paradox and a mystery, and there are those among our mystical groups, as well as individuals, who reject  words and choose the way of silence, so over a period of time the habit of silence decreases the difficulty of absorbing the outrage of paradox, and such silent souls smile at the deception of words which separate and logic which delineates to no good purpose, spiritually speaking. On September 5, 2010, Carla described the value of paradox:

When there’s no paradox, there’s no growth. Always remember when you get yourself into a situation and you say, “This makes no sense whatsoever,” you’re on the right track. Finally, you’re on the right track! Because when things make no sense; when they’re paradoxical and mysterious, those are the hallmarks of spirit.

Yet we would not encourage you to become recluses. We would encourage you to embrace paradox and mystery. We would encourage you to continue your journey upon the surface of life, knowing that it, too, is perfect in its way, even with all the masks, all the confusions, and all the misunderstandings, and limitations of dealing with each other and with circumstances which occur in everyday life. For third density was not designed to be a quiet and steady dive to the center of self. It was designed to be turbulent, as the shaker that breaks rocks into pieces or large pieces of ceramic into small pieces of ceramic, polishing them and shaping them by friction and impact.

To come at the action intended in third density another way, we could use the figure of the fiery furnace which tempers  and strengthens the brittle, callow young soul so that it becomes an instrument of great flexibility and strength. Your world is intended as a refinery of souls. That catalyst that comes to the surface self is seen by us as a good thing, a useful and appropriate thing, whether it feels comfortable or vastly uncomfortable. Indeed, it is the movement of the self within periods or situations of discomfort which are especially helpful in achieving maturity and a more polished or tempered realization of the nature of the self and the Creator.

Both your physical body and your metaphysical body, or your energy body, are designed to take advantage of and make use of this catalytic effect of the day-by-day occurrences of life. A great deal of the catalyst of life comes from the relationships which you have, first with yourself and then with other people. And as the spirit grows in maturity, it becomes more able to see through the illusion of suffering. It becomes more able to penetrate the devices and desires of its own surface being to see the patterns of learning that lie within those surface movements of the emotions and the reactions of the mind and the body. It does not become more in control of what occurs within life. Rather, it becomes unafraid of not being in control. And this is grace. When all about one is pressured and stressful, and yet there is that within the heart that remembers the true nature of the self, then that spirit is in a state of grace and may maximize its learning and its service within third density. 

Q’uo said they would not encourage us to become recluses, but they would encourage us to embrace paradox and mystery to continue our journey upon the surface of life, knowing that is perfect in its way, even with all the confusions and limitations of dealing with each other and with circumstances which occur in everyday life, for third density was not designed to be a quiet and steady dive to the center of our self, but it was designed to be turbulent, as the shaker that breaks rocks into small pieces polishing them and shaping them by friction and impact. Then Q’uo went on to say that to come at the action intended in third density another way, they could use the figure of the fiery furnace which tempers and strengthens the brittle young soul so that it becomes an instrument of great flexibility and strength, and our world is intended as a refinery of souls, so that catalyst that comes to our surface self is seen by them as a good thing whether it feels comfortable or uncomfortable, and it is the movement of our self within situations of discomfort which are especially helpful in achieving maturity and realization of the nature of our self and the Creator. Q’uo continued by saying our physical body and our energy body are designed to make use of this catalytic effect of the day-by-day occurrences of life, and a great deal of the catalyst of life comes from the relationships which we have, first with our self and then with other people, and as our spirit grows in maturity, it becomes able to see through the illusion of suffering so that it becomes able to penetrate the desires of its own surface being to see the patterns of learning that lie within those surface movements of the emotions and the reactions of the mind and the body, but it does not become more in control of what occurs within life, but it becomes unafraid of not being in control, and this is grace when all about us is pressured and stressful, and there is that within our heart that remembers the true nature of our self, then our spirit is in a state of grace and may maximize its learning and its service within third density.  On December 17, 1995, Q’uo described the state of grace that is always available to us:

And consequently, the growing entity does not have a way to come into the concept of that state of mind or attitude which is that entity’s natural gift. Rather, the entity tends to drift further and further away from a feeling of wholeness and appropriateness which comes from the heart outward. And most entities move through the incarnative experience only becoming aware of that state of grace in which the universe is kindly, and in which all things which are needed appear from time to time. Thusly, most entities see grace as that which occurs episodically, now here, now there, and then again elsewhere.

In actuality, these times when grace seems to come near and touch the entity are those times when the individual has been able involuntarily or consciously to allow the self to be completely natural, to rest in the center of being and to allow the natural flow of energy. It is as though the self were a receiver that only intermittently worked. In simplistic terms, then, the way towards maximizing the experience of grace in the incarnative experience is to attempt to come to a feeling within of balance. We would encourage seekers to think upon and ponder the concept of self with regard to the nature of the basic attitude that is given as a natural gift by the Creator to each entity, for the maximizing of the experience of grace can be accomplished by increasing the allowing of the self to rest in the natural balance.

This requires that the entity gradually uncover within itself an awareness and a growing familiarity with a kind of trust in the self and in that part of self that goes beyond self and connects with all that there is that is not commonly taught among your peoples. The young child is repeatedly taught what it must do to obtain the approval and the satisfaction of those whom it wishes to please and of the self, for each entity talks to the self and communicates with the deeper self as if it were another person. Thusly, when one talks with another person one is talking to the projection of the self.

Many things will attempt to unbalance the natural poise of a seeker throughout the daily round of activity. There is the constant ebb and flow of the personal and individual rhythms of self, and we are not suggesting that it is easy to become aware of the deep and unchanging portion of the self that is perhaps best described in emotional terms, or rather in terms of emotion. Emotions are given short shrift by your people. Those who are emotional or considered to be emotional are those who seem unbalanced and out of control, whereas from our point of view we would say that those who feel emotion are moving into truth as they begin to purify and refine those emotions. The entity who becomes able through the discipline of the life and the personality to express and manifest pure emotions is the one who shall be closer to balance and nearer to the constant awareness of that state of grace which abides for each entity below the level of confusion which clutters the surface of life and of the mind of each seeker.

What is being refined in the refinery of souls that is Earth? What is the soul within third density? A synonym for “soul” might be “heart.” And we have often suggested to you that you are on a journey into your own open heart. Christ is waiting for you within your own heart. As you allow the surface of self to fall away, you become empty enough to fall in love with yourself. You begin to see that all these details of self, wretched though they may be in some cases, and glorious in others, fall away to nothingness before the self’s desire to seek the presence of the one infinite Creator. And so the self within incarnation becomes merry and lighthearted, whether in sunshine or in rain; whether in good times or evil. For the self remembers that it is on a journey whose destination is sure. And thusly, through all the changes and chances of mortal life, that seeking soul may be confident and quiet within, full of faith and knowing that all is well. And this, too, is grace.

There is great power in words. Words can stir up the emotions. Within the power of those who wish to inspire others, there is the ability to manipulate feelings and emotions and to whip up passion, so that an ecstasy of hysteria is achieved in which there seems to be a breakthrough into the Love of Christ, however you wish to say that condition of perfect Love. And that feels very good. Yet that which is whipped up, dies down. We would rather not proceed with words that inspire in order to whip up passion and to change rejoicing into an hysterical expression of love for the Creator. Rather, we ask you to use every faculty of your being, your intellect, your will, your body, your emotions, and every fiber of your being to seek, seek, seek to remember who you are.

There are so many ways to work on that question! For all of nature is one with you. And all of nature is full of that information which harmonizes with your desires and sets up patterns of attraction and coincidence. And all of Spirit is one with you as well. All that is unseen and not of nature but of Spirit conspires to speak with you in silence, singing into your life those silent melodies of truth and beauty.

[Side one of tape ends.]

There is a wind that blows through you, changeable and sacred. And in every season and mood of your life it brings new life, new light, new power, new information, new expressions of that which is always the same—love, love, love.

Then Q’uo said a synonym for “soul” might be “heart,” and they have often suggested to us that we are on a journey into our open heart, and Christ is waiting for us within our heart, so as we allow the surface of our self to fall away, we become empty enough to fall in love with our self, and we begin to see that all these details, wretched though they may be in some cases, and glorious in others, fall away to nothingness before our desire to seek the presence of the one infinite Creator, so our self within incarnation becomes merry and lighthearted, whether in sunshine or in rain, for it remembers that it is on a journey whose destination is sure, and through all the changes of our life, our seeking soul may be full of faith and knowing that all is well, and this, too, is grace. Q’uo went on to say there is power in words, and within the power of those who wish to inspire others, there is the ability to manipulate emotions, so that ecstasy is achieved in which there seems to be a breakthrough into the Love of Christ, and that feels very good, yet that which is whipped up, dies down, and Q’uo would rather not use words that inspire in order to whip up passion and to change rejoicing into an hysterical expression of love for the Creator, but they asked us to use every faculty of our being to seek and to remember who we are. Now Q’uo said that there are many ways to work on that question, for all of nature is one with us, and all of nature is full of information which harmonizes with our desires and sets up patterns of attraction and coincidence, and all of Spirit is one with us as well, so that which is unseen and not of nature but of Spirit conspires to speak with us in silence, singing into our life those silent melodies of truth and beauty, and there is a wind that blows through us, changeable and sacred, so in every season of our life it brings new life, light, and new expressions of that which is always the same—love, love, love. On March 28, 2009, Q’uo spoke as to how we can join in groups to create patterns of attraction that draw higher energies and information to us:

As to the seeming paradox, an entity in your linear future reading or hearing this material and realizing that he has touched into the energy vortex which created the material is not the same thing as the entity being forced into a place in space and time in the literal sense. Rather there is the convergence of energies, in a metaphysical sense, with the vibration of love and light upon which this channeling has been carried, it being the matrix for all of those who would touch into that web that is this circle of seeking.

This circle of seeking exists in time, in the sense of space/time, and it exists timelessly in the sense of metaphysical patterns of attraction. In just such a way, the one known as William wrote many plays and sonnets in the seventeenth century and in his brief life certainly did not touch a great many people. Yet, century after century since then, when school children meet the question of “to be or not to be,” they have entered into that moment where there was the creation of that soliloquy and therefore, of that universe.

Thusly, it is aptly said that some works are timeless and in their classic goodness exceed all ages, speaking to those of any age, any century, whose minds are shaped at that moment to perceive and to work with those concepts. It is not something special that those who read the material generated this evening converge upon a place in time/space, for this occurs whenever entities come together with an idea that is greater than themselves and takes them out of themselves.

Weencourage your explorations. However you wish to seek the Creator, we encourage you to follow those preferences and those biases. We simply offer to you our humble opinion of the deeper truth of the process that is occurring within third density. Third density is set up as system after system of opposites. Male and female, light and dark are certainly chief among them. Yet male and female combine to make third density in the sense that it is the male principle and the female principle, attracting each other, which create this illusion that you call third density. It is the very fabric and stuff of third density. And indeed the meat which is chewed in third density is that meat of choice, light or dark, radiant or magnetic, service to others or service to self. There aretwo paths, both valid and quite opposite in their energy, both pointed towards an eventual unity yet choosing two completely different paths towards that inevitable awareness of utter unity.

Inclaiming the Law of One, we move ahead to that point in what you would call your future where the positive and negative paths have once again converged and become one for all time, until the creation itself moves from time to the timeless and enters the womb of yet another creation, as the heartbeat of the Creator throbs once more and another creation begins. You journey homeward. How shall you journey? That is the question of third density. Shall you journey in the light, seeking ever to become more of service, more loving, more giving, more aware of the love within each moment? Or shall you enjoy the dark path where the self is seen immediately as the Creator and all other selves are seen as those who would worship the Creator in you? Thus, the dark path is one where each who follows it attempts to coerce, manipulate, or otherwise use all other selves, to tell them what to do and to make sure they are useful to the self or moved out of the way of self. This also is a valid path, yet it is a dark path and a bloody path. There are those who prefer it.

We are not those. We are those of the radiant path. And so, we ask you to re-member rather than dis-member yourself. We ask you to collect all of the pieces of your self and re-member yourself, to gather all of your members together. We ask that you love your imperfections, gather them to your bosom, honor them, and bring them into your heart. And then we suggest that you remain in that tabernacle within even as you move upwards into the surface of life once again and experience the turbulence of the surface tides of life. There is, to our mind, that constant flow of moving from the depths of the truth to the surface expressions of the truth, which in many cases are highly colored but always carry those seeds of the truth which lies so deeply within. All is one and all is love.

Q’uo said they encouraged our explorations if we wish to seek the Creator, and they encouraged us to follow those preferences, and they offered us their opinion of the deeper truth of the process that is occurring within third density because third density is set up as systems of opposites with male and female, light and dark among them, yet male and female combine to make third density in the sense that it is the male principle and the female principle, attracting each other, which create this illusion that we call third density which is the stuff of third density, and the meat which is chewed in third density is that meat of choice, service to others or service to self, and these are the two paths, both pointed towards an eventual unity yet choosing two completely different paths towards that awareness of unity. Q’uo went on to say in claiming the Law of One, they move ahead to that point in what we would call our future where the positive and negative paths have once again converged and become one for all time, until the creation itself moves from time to the timeless and enters the womb of yet another creation, as the heartbeat of the Creator throbs once more and another creation begins, and how we can journey in the light and seek to become  more of service, or we can enjoy the dark path where each who follows it attempts to control other selves and see themselves as the Creator that shall be worshipped, and this is a valid path even though it is dark and dirty path there are those who prefer it. Q’uo completed their reply by saying they are those of the radiant path, and they asked us to re-member rather than dis-member our self, and they asked us to collect all of the pieces of our self and re-member our self and that we love our self and bring it into our heart, and then remain in that tabernacle within even as we move upwards into the surface of life and experience the turbulence of the surface tides of life because there is that constant flow of moving from the depths of the truth to the surface expressions of the truth, which are highly colored but carry those seeds of the truth which lies deeply within us, and all is one, and all is Love. On June 23, 1985, Hatonn described how all is Love:

You are Love, and all is Love. This is the truth about who you are, this is the truth about who the Creator is, and this is the truth about your connection with the Creator. If you wish the storm, so you may learn of the Creator; if you wish peace, so better you may learn of the Creator. But Love speaks only to Love and tempest to tempest.”

Each of you may make that choice at any time—the tempest or the peace. Both are equally full of Love; one is intellectually distorted, the other distorted by the biases of compassion and unity. If you accept tempest into your mind or your heart, then you shall learn by the tempest, and it shall be a good learning, though hectic. If you accept the calm within the storm, then Love shall speak to you plain and clear. We urge you, my friends, to seek the calm within through the quiet of meditation and contemplation. What inspires you may not inspire another, what aids you in meditation may not aid another. Each is unique, and it does not matter how you attain those few moments each day of quiet. What matters is that you intend to rest in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator.

This instrument is suggesting that we cease speaking upon this particular topic so that we may use the remaining energy of this group and this instrument to inquire as to whether there is a desire to follow up on this query or to ask another query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

[Long pause.]

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware that we have exhausted the questions that this group has this evening. And so, we would thank you once again, our dear friends, for the privilege of sharing in your meditation and being a part of this session of working. Your circle of seeking is beautiful to behold, and your blended auras sing of the Love and the Light of which we have been speaking this evening. Thank you for allowing us to share in the love and affection that you have for each other and for the one infinite Creator. It is a blessing to be part of your circle. We leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I ran some errands with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought two flats of dianthus, six flats of zinnias, and two flats of garden impatiens. My second stop was at Feeder’s Supply where I bought some cat food for Benny and so AquaSafe for my pond water. My third stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought two containers of petunias.

This afternoon I transplanted the dianthus into the second small garden beside the Flower Fall Garden in my front yard. Then I transplanted the garden impatiens on the other side of the Flower Fall Mound. I also transplanted the two containers of petunias in the fourth pot at the northeast corner of the fishpond. Then I watered all the transplanted flowers with fertilizer in the water. Then I sprayed all the transplanted flowers with deer repellent.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 21

Lovers Before The Holy Spirit

I am of the principle of the full consciousness of Love and I greet you as the living Word of the most High.

Know ye that men and women alike are as lovers before the Holy Spirit, to be impregnated with the divine, that, within illusion, manifestation of the creative renewal of the infinite Love of Jesus the Christ may take place.

Sexuality is seen only as its gross aspect by most who live the earthly life. Yet there is enormous polarity betwixt the pilgrim and the Holy Spirit. The Holy Spirit is not nurturer alone but impregnator, that each pilgrim may be full of that which is born of the Spirit and not of flesh.

Know that you may carry the living Word, the Christed consciousness that was and is and always shall be with and in Jesus the Christ. And embrace, as lovers, that life-giving Love of the heavenly seeds within.

We leave you in the expectant peace of all who await the Spirit of the living Christ, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.